TRANSCRIPTEnglish

Ultimate Beginner Guide to Pro Trading

4h 55m 47s53,024 words7,645 segmentsEnglish

FULL TRANSCRIPT

0:00

Hi, let's be real. If you clicked here,

0:02

it's probably because you're another

0:04

financially illiterate who just goes on

0:07

YouTube to search how to make some money

0:09

with trading. Maybe you saw a guy

0:10

claiming to have become rich by flipping

0:12

some memecoin or you saw a forex guru

0:15

flaunting his Lambo and his lifestyle.

0:17

Just know that's all [ __ ] It's all

0:19

a scam. Forget about it. That is not

0:21

professional trading. Plus, every video

0:23

on YouTube that has a title similar to

0:25

this one will likely show you how to

0:27

draw a bunch of lines on a chart, follow

0:29

some price [music] patterns, or some

0:31

magical combination of indicators, and

0:33

you'll end up trusting people with zero

0:35

credentials. Try trading with a broker

0:37

they have an affiliate link with so that

0:39

they can earn commissions from the money

0:41

you will eventually lose. So, you'll

0:43

lose money. You'll have to buy their

0:44

premium program or some signal room or

0:46

some other shortcut that will not lead

0:48

you to trading success anyway. You'll

0:50

become a gambling addict, fall for more

0:52

scams, and lose money for years. And I'm

0:54

not joking. This is literally what

0:56

happens to millions of people that

0:58

approach trading. But lucky for both of

1:00

us, today you've clicked on a video,

1:01

which is slightly different. A video

1:02

where someone, yours truly, will finally

1:05

wake you up on how trading actually

1:07

works, where you'll understand it's not

1:09

all fun and games and quick money on a

1:11

chart. I will be brutally honest with

1:13

you so you know how it really works. see

1:16

if trading is even the right business

1:18

model for you and what it actually takes

1:20

to be successful. And I am in a unique

1:23

position to teach you this because

1:24

unlike most of trading YouTubers, over

1:26

the last 6 years, I've been studying and

1:28

trading the market side by side in the

1:30

professional trading floors of world

1:33

trading champions like Patrick Mill, two

1:35

times world trading champion,

1:37

professional portfolio manager, or Jan

1:39

Smolen, three times world trading

1:41

champion, who's also a macro hedge fund

1:43

trader. people who have documented in

1:45

the world stage three-digit returns per

1:47

year consistently for more than 5 years.

1:50

One of my mentors have managed [music]

1:51

$20 billion in a European bank and is

1:54

now a hedge fund manager for example.

1:56

And we're talking about people who are

1:57

barely on social medias at all that I

1:59

had to look really hard for and pay tens

2:01

if not hundreds of thousands of dollar

2:02

to learn their trading strategies which

2:04

unlike most retail traders on YouTube

2:06

who just show you some screenshots taken

2:09

from offshore brokers god knows where

2:11

they're from which are 99% fake. These

2:14

people have audited results and I have

2:16

managed thanks to this professional

2:18

education to become consistently

2:20

profitable and generate alpha. And I'm

2:22

one of the few people you're going to

2:22

find online that has actually shared a

2:25

live broker login with a regulated

2:27

broker. And I'll keep sharing my

2:28

performance and my journey fully

2:30

transparently on this channel. So if

2:31

you're tired of the [ __ ] and you

2:33

want to cut to the real stuff, I can

2:35

confidently say this is one of the few

2:36

places you're going to be able to find

2:37

it. This is not going to be that kind of

2:39

dopamine friendly video where by the end

2:41

of it you'll be automatically profitable

2:42

and be able to make $5,000 a day type of

2:45

thing cuz that, as we have established,

2:47

is complete [ __ ] This will be a

2:49

brutally realistic video where I've

2:51

condensed literally the best [ __ ]

2:53

knowledge you can possibly find on the

2:55

face of the internet gathered in 6 years

2:57

of trading education, academic research,

3:00

and personal experience with world top

3:02

traders on how to become a pro trader, a

3:06

professional of the trading business.

3:11

And like, bro, we're talking about

3:14

finance, okay? This is no [ __ ]

3:15

[music] game, okay? People study for

3:17

decades and have PhDs for this [ __ ] And

3:20

it's not an online [music] business

3:21

model either where you have to sell a

3:23

product to some people. We're talking

3:25

about becoming an emotionally neutral

3:28

ninja sniper that reads where the banks

3:30

and the smart [music] money are moving

3:32

their money and being able to predict

3:35

this flow of money consistently through

3:37

time. It's not quick and easy money.

3:38

It's a skill that will take time to

3:40

build, likely years. And whoever tells

3:42

you that a video is enough or 6 months

3:44

is enough, they're lying to your face.

3:46

So, this is how it's going to go down. I

3:48

will first place your expectations in

3:49

the right place so you don't lose your

3:51

money like a degenerate gambling right

3:54

away. You're welcome. I will show you

3:55

what financial [music] markets really

3:57

are, the difference between an average

3:59

retail trader and a protrader who can

4:02

manage to build generational wealth with

4:04

trading. How professionals read the

4:06

markets. how they analyze it through

4:09

fundamentals, [music] order flow and

4:10

option flow. How do they build a

4:12

strategy and what strategy they use and

4:15

being able to not only survive in the

4:17

game but thriving in it, making two,

4:19

three, even fourdigit return per year.

4:21

So, buckle up, save this video in a

4:23

watch later list or something. Going to

4:25

be a long video packed with value that

4:27

normally gets charged tens of thousands

4:29

of dollars for, but that will give you

4:30

professional trading knowledge and a

4:32

clear road map. So, pause the video now,

4:34

take pen and paper cuz we're getting

4:35

started. So, let's start from the basic.

4:37

What is trading? Is it like trying to

4:39

buy a meme coin at $1 and then selling

4:40

it at $20 for a 20x profit? Technically,

4:43

yes. Or trying to trade forex every time

4:44

price crosses a weird line. Technically,

4:46

that's also trading. Those are retail

4:47

trading strategies that 99% of people

4:50

use to lose the savings they were

4:52

supposed to use to pay off their student

4:53

loans. But that's just a more advanced

4:55

and cooler form of gambling, right? It's

4:57

a casino. Very few get lucky. Very few

4:59

times. 99% don't. That is not a reliable

5:03

business model. What professional

5:04

trading really is is the most advanced

5:07

and at the same time the most accessible

5:09

glitch in the matrix. It's not a

5:11

business, okay? You're not creating a

5:13

product and then selling it to a market

5:14

for a profit. But for the purpose of

5:16

this video, for those who seriously want

5:18

to learn the skill of trading and become

5:20

able with a couple of smart decisions

5:22

every day, repeated for a long time to

5:24

potentially make fuckloads of money, we

5:26

need to properly differentiate retail

5:28

trading from real professional trading.

5:30

And for us, a definition of a prot

5:32

trader is a person who is capable of

5:34

consistently milking money out of

5:36

financial markets by executing a

5:38

predetermined riskadjusted strategy that

5:41

has a statistically valid edge. So when

5:44

you want to become a trader, you're not

5:45

just starting a new business. You're

5:47

embarking on a journey to become a more

5:50

disciplined person, a more stoic person,

5:52

a patient person who doesn't let

5:54

emotions influence his decisional

5:57

process. And you have to become capable

5:58

of consistently milking money out of

6:01

financial markets. Not once, not a

6:03

one-time flip. You have to build a skill

6:05

and keep that skill sharp, refining it

6:07

and sharpen it like a sword, just like a

6:10

chess grandmaster or a professional

6:12

fighter or a higher ranked sniper who

6:14

worked both hard and smart for years

6:16

building and refining a skill. Second

6:18

point, you don't make money, you milk

6:20

it. And I specifically chose this word

6:22

because in trading again, you're not

6:24

creating something and making money out

6:25

of it. You're just taking money from

6:27

someone else. Thanks to a smart decision

6:29

to click a button on a screen, which is

6:31

something that just doesn't happen in

6:33

any other business model. And only in

6:34

the trading model can you scale to six,

6:37

seven, nine figures without a team,

6:40

without building websites or brands,

6:42

without having to know about marketing,

6:43

about fulfillment, customer care, sales,

6:46

managing team, dealing with angry

6:47

customers, or with any people at all for

6:49

that matter. None of this. You literally

6:51

just need to push a button, right? buy

6:53

at the right moment, sell at the right

6:54

moment, any financial asset, and get

6:56

paid. But you don't just guess the right

6:58

moment. By finding the right moment, I

7:00

actually mean executing a predetermined

7:02

risk adjusted strategy that has a

7:04

statistically valid edge. Again, yes,

7:06

you're pushing a button, but you're not

7:07

just improvising like just pushing a

7:09

button in slot machine and seeing what

7:11

happens. Your job is to apply a strategy

7:13

and find a strategy that has an edge

7:16

before you even think of entering a

7:18

trade. Your edge is your boat in this

7:20

crazy ocean. So what exactly is an edge

7:22

in trading? You have an edge when you

7:24

have a profitable expectancy. So when

7:27

you can confidently expect your trades

7:29

to be profitable on a large enough

7:31

sample and there's three main element of

7:33

your trading edge. The first one is the

7:34

win rate. And the win rate is on 100

7:37

trades how many of them are wins versus

7:39

how many of them are losses. So you have

7:40

a win rate and a loss rate. If you win

7:42

60 trades out of 100, you have a 60% win

7:44

rate. The second element is the

7:46

riskto-reward ratio, also known as RR.

7:48

And this means if I risk $1 per trade,

7:51

how many dollars do I earn? For example,

7:53

if I risk $10 to make $20, that is a 1:2

7:57

risk-to-reward ratio. So, if I'm trading

7:59

a stock and I buy it, I can place a

8:01

stop-loss $10 below the current price

8:03

where I choose to accept a loss and put

8:05

a takerit 20 points above where I expect

8:07

to take a profit. And these are two

8:08

levels that I'm willing to sell at close

8:10

my trade. But the relationship between

8:12

your stop-loss and your take-profit is

8:14

your risk-to-reward ratio. So, for

8:15

example, if you have a 50% win rate with

8:17

a 1:2 risk-to-reward ratio, and you're

8:20

able to achieve this consistently as a

8:22

result of your trading, you will be

8:23

profitable. You will have a positive

8:25

expectancy. So, you would expect to be

8:27

profitable and have a profit factor

8:29

higher than one. A profit factor is the

8:31

total sum of your wins divided by the

8:33

total sum of your losses. A profitable

8:35

edge is anything above [music] one. So

8:36

in zero sum games in the field of

8:39

stochastic events there is a

8:40

relationship between win rate and

8:42

risk-to-reward rate which is win rate

8:44

equals 1 over 1 + reward or your reward

8:47

to risk ratio. So technically if you

8:49

were to trade completely randomly

8:51

flipping a coin with a fixed 1:1

8:53

risk-to-reward ratio on a large enough

8:55

data sample you'll tend to have a 50%

8:58

win rate. If you were to trade

8:59

completely randomly with a 1:2 fixed

9:01

risk-to-reward ratio you will tend to

9:03

have a 33.3% win rate. And if you plot

9:06

on a chart all possible combination,

9:08

this line forms, which is the break even

9:10

line. This is where random trading

9:13

technically brings you. But since for

9:15

trading you need to pay commissions and

9:17

likely a spread, if you trade randomly,

9:18

you will technically lose money. But

9:20

let's say below this line there is the

9:22

losing area and above this line there's

9:24

the profitability area. An area with a

9:26

profit factor below one and an area with

9:28

a profit factor above one. Your goal is

9:30

that your strategy is an anomaly that

9:33

manages to beat randomness and have a

9:35

combination between win rate and

9:37

risk-to-reward ratio above the break

9:38

even line. That makes it profitable. And

9:41

if you're just going to gamble, you're

9:42

going to non-randomly be in the losing

9:44

area, which is statistically speaking as

9:46

impressive as being in the profitability

9:47

area because you are achieving

9:49

non-random results. So you could just

9:51

take a bunch of unprofitable trader,

9:53

copy their trade the opposite way, and

9:55

be profitable. That's what brokers do,

9:57

specifically CFD Forex brokers. But if

9:59

you're here, you want to become

10:00

profitable. And there's three ways to

10:03

find an edge that gives you a positive

10:05

expectancy. The first one is algorithmic

10:08

trading or systematic trading. This is a

10:10

path that you can choose to follow,

10:11

which is not going to be covered in this

10:13

video, but it's probably one of the most

10:15

common ways to trade in the professional

10:16

space. So, you learn how to code with

10:18

Python, MLQ, Easy Language. You build an

10:21

automated trading algorithm with a

10:23

series of if then functions where if all

10:26

conditions are met, opens trades on your

10:28

behalf. And this is very powerful

10:30

because you don't have to worry about

10:31

opening the trades yourself and you're

10:33

way less likely to incur in

10:35

psychological mistake, cognitive biases,

10:37

and emotional trading. But that comes

10:39

with a very unique set of problems

10:41

because someone else out there will tell

10:43

you that systematic trading or

10:44

algorithmic trading is the best way of

10:46

trading that you can simply let money

10:48

work for you. But that's absolute

10:50

[ __ ] I've met with a lot of

10:51

algorithmic traders. I run some

10:53

algorithms myself. and algorithms since

10:55

they have a fixed set of rules that are

10:58

being applied to a very dynamic entity

11:00

such as financial markets. [music] These

11:02

bots just at some point will break

11:04

because markets tend to be efficient

11:07

when someone else finds the same edge.

11:09

And since the strategy is very

11:11

mechanical and very rule-based, very

11:13

likely that someone else will find the

11:14

same edge or that the counterpart that

11:17

made that edge profitable will

11:18

disappear. And because of this efficient

11:20

nature in markets, algorithmic

11:22

systematic edges at some point stop

11:24

working. So as an algorithmic trader,

11:26

you constantly have to look for new

11:28

edges and maybe run a portfolio of 20,

11:31

30, 50, 100 different trading systems

11:34

and monitor their performance. Maybe

11:36

choose to switch some systems off,

11:37

switch some systems on based on how

11:39

markets condition vary. And how you find

11:41

an edge here is you build a hypothesis,

11:44

you test it in the past, also known as

11:46

back beck testing [music] or insample

11:48

data collection and you see if that idea

11:51

works in the past. Then there is usually

11:52

a fitting phase where you try to

11:54

optimize the performance of the bot by

11:56

tweaking the entry rules here and there.

11:58

And the main risk here is overfitting.

12:01

So to perfectly calibrate the strategy

12:03

on past data and make it so good on past

12:06

data that it will not work with new data

12:08

in the present in the future. Plus if

12:10

HID has worked in the past there's no

12:12

guarantee that it will work in the

12:14

future. So it takes a lot of research

12:16

and a lot of constant monitoring and if

12:18

you want to achieve outstanding

12:20

performance with algorithms it is a

12:21

full-time job. So it has pros and cons

12:24

and in my experience what I've seen is

12:26

that most trading system will tend to be

12:28

[music] slightly above the break even

12:30

line and achieve a profit factor of 1.2

12:33

1.3 1.5 [music]

12:34

1.6 maybe two in the best cases. So

12:36

that's the first way to find an edge.

12:38

The second way to find an edge is with

12:40

manual trading or discretionary trading

12:42

which is completely different and

12:44

requires you to build a different set of

12:46

skills because with discretionary

12:48

trading you trade manually and you trade

12:50

based on your personal view of the

12:53

markets on the way you analyze markets

12:56

the way you analyze price the way you

12:57

analyze volume the way you analyze

12:59

macroeconomic [music] trend and market

13:01

sentiment. So in discretionary trading,

13:04

you are the edge. That's why no one can

13:06

copy you. And that's why you are not a

13:08

victim of edge decay or alpha decay in

13:12

the same way that algorithmic traders

13:13

do. You don't have to learn how to code,

13:15

but you have to learn how to analyze

13:16

markets [music] and how to get in tune

13:18

with the markets and being able to

13:20

analyze the sentiment of the markets.

13:22

And [music] by training your pattern

13:24

recognition abilities to recognize

13:27

patterns through hours and hours of

13:29

sitting in front of the charts and

13:31

patiently executing your smartest trade

13:32

ideas, which is still a logicbased and

13:35

rational way of doing trading, but it's

13:37

not based on statistical mathematical

13:40

probability. It's based on subjective

13:42

probability. Something similar to baian

13:44

probability where as new factors come

13:47

into place the probability of an event

13:49

happening vary through time. As you

13:51

gather new information and discretionary

13:53

trading is a skill that takes time to

13:56

master. But it's like training your own

13:58

neural network. And not a lot of people

14:00

are able to have the mental resilience

14:03

to be able to become successful [music]

14:05

discretionary traders. But those few who

14:08

manage to become one, their edge is way

14:11

above the profitability area. The most

14:12

successful traders I've met, even though

14:14

they do run also algorithms, they've all

14:16

built a skill of discretionary trading.

14:19

They know how to read orderflow. They

14:20

know how to understand macroeconomics.

14:22

They've seen the reactions of [music]

14:24

market during specific times of day or

14:26

when some news come out and they're able

14:28

to join the trend with an extremely high

14:31

accuracy and potentially with both a

14:33

high win rate and a high risk-to-reward.

14:35

and that brings them deep in the

14:37

profitability area. But a lot of people

14:39

since discretionary trading becomes a

14:41

mental game where you have to trust your

14:43

cognitive abilities and learn how to

14:46

refine them as you build them, the

14:48

majority of aspiring discretionary

14:49

traders fail because they don't have the

14:52

necessary mental resilience and

14:54

discipline. And that's why there is a

14:55

third way which I define as hybrid

14:57

trading which is a trading that is

14:59

manual but is more mechanical. So it's a

15:02

set of rules where on top of which you

15:05

add your own interpretation of price

15:07

action and orderflow dynamics and your

15:09

own interpretation of market behavior to

15:12

base your edge on something rational and

15:14

solid and rule-based and then gradually

15:16

build your skill on top which is I think

15:18

the best way for beginners [music] to

15:20

start building the right habits.

15:24

So we have understood what an edge

15:25

technically is and the three different

15:27

ways to find an edge. But before you

15:29

choose how to trade, there's also other

15:30

things you need to consider. And a very

15:32

crucial choice you have to take is which

15:34

style of trading you're going to

15:36

implement because you could either be a

15:38

scalper or a day trader. So trading

15:41

inside of a single day and take short

15:44

price movements and maybe your trades

15:46

will last some minutes or some hours.

15:48

And that is a trading style that

15:49

requires time in front of the charts for

15:52

at least 4 to 5 hours every day, which

15:54

is likely compatible if you have another

15:56

stream of income as a freelancer, for

15:58

example. Because in the early stages,

16:00

you're not going to make a lot of money

16:01

and you still need some stream of cash

16:03

flow to survive. And becoming profitable

16:06

as a day trader in under one year is

16:08

very irrealistic. Or if you work a 9

16:10

to-5 for example, you can start with

16:12

swing trading which is a much better

16:14

option if you don't have a lot of time

16:15

to trade because swing trading requires

16:17

way less active management of positions

16:20

and you open a trade to stay inside for

16:22

days, weeks or even months if you are a

16:25

position trader. So with swing trading,

16:27

you try and join longerterm price

16:30

swings. So based on how much time you

16:32

can invest in trading, you should choose

16:34

a trading style that fits your schedule.

16:36

And again, in this video, we're going to

16:37

take a look at day trading strategies

16:39

and swing trading strategies. Or if you

16:41

think that you don't feel ready to

16:43

embark on the trading journey that is

16:44

not worth for you, you should consider

16:46

investing instead and gradually build

16:48

your capital through time with other

16:50

sources of cash flow and simply use

16:53

financial markets as a place to park

16:55

your capital. not have any active

16:58

management of your capital at all and

17:00

have a business, a job or a freelance

17:02

profession as your source of cash flow

17:04

to pour money into your investment

17:06

account to avoid your capital being

17:09

eroded by inflation, which is something

17:11

I strongly advise everyone to do. And

17:13

maybe we'll do a video about investing

17:15

in the future here, but now we're

17:16

talking about trading. So, in this next

17:18

chapter, we'll start understanding

17:19

financial markets, how they really work,

17:22

and understanding the money flow of the

17:24

markets.

17:29

So in order to analyze the market and

17:31

analyze it in the most logical possible

17:34

way, let's ask ourself these five

17:36

crucial questions. What is moving? Who

17:38

is moving it? When, where, and how,

17:40

where, what moves of course are prices

17:43

of financial asset. And the analysis of

17:46

prices is also known as price action

17:49

analysis. traders. We earn from price

17:52

swinging up, swinging down, buying at a

17:54

low price, selling at a higher price, or

17:56

sell short a high price hoping to buy

17:58

back at a good price. The second

18:00

question we need to ask is who's moving

18:01

price? And these are market

18:03

participants. And there's a lot of

18:06

different types of market participants

18:08

which operate inside of the market for

18:10

different reasons. And I personally like

18:12

to divide them into three main

18:13

categories or actually four main

18:15

categories. These categories being big

18:18

money, smart money, market makers, and

18:21

retail traders. And let's define big

18:23

money as big market participants such as

18:26

central banks, commercial banks, pension

18:28

funds, sovereign funds, university

18:31

endowments, investment funds, and big

18:33

companies. Smart money instead are hedge

18:36

funds, investment banks, HFT firms. And

18:39

they are still big money as in they are

18:42

a big portion of the who the who moves

18:45

the market. And we need to make a

18:46

distinction between smart money and big

18:48

money. Because what we mean by smart

18:51

money is not just a big money market

18:53

participants such as central banks,

18:55

commercial banks, pension funds,

18:56

sovereign funds, blah blah blah that are

18:58

inside of the market to stay for a long

19:00

time and they just pour money into the

19:02

markets without caring too much about

19:04

filling of their orders. Smart money

19:06

participants instead engage and invest a

19:09

lot of money in something called

19:10

execution alpha which is basically a

19:13

field of trading that refers to how do

19:16

we optimize the execution of such big

19:19

orders in such a way that we pour this

19:22

big money without impacting price and

19:24

basically not caring about where you get

19:26

filled. these market participants are

19:28

putting a little more effort into having

19:30

an alpha also in how they place these

19:32

big trades in the market and they will

19:34

engage in smart order routings maybe

19:37

some orderflow manipulation tactics and

19:39

this is for example a screenshot that

19:40

I've taken from a company that as a main

19:42

job and business model is providing best

19:45

execution algorithms and they have

19:47

several way that they implement this

19:49

execution alpha such as volumedriven

19:51

algorithm and price driven algorithms

19:53

where big orders are poured inside of

19:56

the market based on volume weighted

19:58

average price. So from the open close of

20:00

the session as price moves and volumes

20:02

moves throughout the day. So the market

20:04

volume goes up and the volume that

20:05

they're feeling is kind of following how

20:08

volume averages throughout the session.

20:10

So they don't get slipped too much or

20:12

they have time weighted average price.

20:13

So they just place the orders gradually

20:15

throughout a single session but at the

20:17

same level of volume. There's

20:19

participation target close only at the

20:21

closing of the session or priced driven

20:23

algorithms so at steps or momentum

20:26

value. These are all techniques that are

20:28

widely known and used in the

20:30

institutional space to improve the

20:32

firm's alpha also in the execution

20:34

stage. Then you have the small money

20:36

that encompasses not only retails, small

20:39

prop firms, maybe some CPOS, some

20:41

commodity pool operators, some commodity

20:43

trading advisors. And by prop trading

20:45

firms, I mean small firms managing maybe

20:48

a couple million dollars, 10, 20, 50,

20:50

100 up to a hundred million. Let's say

20:52

it's considerable a small proprietary

20:54

trading firm. So people trading with

20:55

their own money or CPOS, CTAs, AMC's

20:58

which are a form of let's call it a

20:59

small fund and retail traders which can

21:02

vary drastically. You have retail

21:04

traders that are managing tens of

21:06

millions of dollars or retail traders

21:08

that are managing a couple hundred

21:09

thousand dollars or people just trading

21:11

with the $100 in their account. Let's

21:13

consider all of this to be small money.

21:15

And then you have market makers. And

21:17

market firms could be considered smart

21:20

money, but their business model is so

21:22

unique because market makers are not

21:24

trying to speculate. They're not trying

21:26

to hedge with long positions. The only

21:28

thing that market makers are doing is

21:30

providing liquidity. So, as we will see

21:32

later, every market has a bid price and

21:35

an ask price. The bid is the closest buy

21:37

offer. The ask is the closest sell

21:40

offer. And the distance between these

21:42

two is called spread cuz maybe if you

21:44

want to sell, you can sell to a buyer at

21:47

99. And if you want to buy, you're going

21:49

to buy maybe at 100. And so this $1

21:52

spread is what people pay to be able to

21:56

trade market. And market makers are the

21:59

one selling here and buying here. And so

22:01

they and so the spread that is paid by

22:03

trader that's what they earn. So they

22:05

quote both the ask and the bid and earn

22:07

a spread every time price goes up and

22:09

down up and down up down a single tick.

22:11

That's where and how they earn money in

22:13

all sorts of market. And this will later

22:16

be important to understand and we will

22:18

explain it thoroughly because a lot of

22:20

for example the volume that is moved in

22:22

stock market indices futures contracts

22:25

comes from options market makers for

22:27

example but again we'll talk about this

22:28

later but it's important to identify

22:30

them as a specific market entity. And so

22:33

all of these are market participants

22:35

that engage in trading and investing and

22:38

in pouring money in opening trades,

22:41

buying and selling inside of financial

22:43

markets and they have different needs

22:45

and they're engaging in the market for

22:47

different reasons. And this makes us

22:49

move on to the next question which is

22:50

why do market participants interact in

22:53

the market? Well, it could be for

22:55

speculative purposes, for capital

22:57

preservation and growth or for hedging

22:59

purposes. So these are the main reasons

23:02

people trade in the market and the

23:04

reason why they take such a decision and

23:06

the analysis of why traders and

23:08

investors might act in a certain way in

23:11

the future is called fundamental

23:13

analysis. And fundamental analysis is

23:16

the analysis of the fundamentals. The

23:18

analysis of the nature of markets. So

23:21

for example, if someone is trading a

23:23

stock, the reason why he's buying that

23:25

stock, regardless of the purpose, for

23:27

example, why a rich person might want to

23:30

buy gold instead of keeping cash, for

23:32

example, for capital preservation and

23:34

growth purposes, might be for

23:36

macroeconomic reasons. So macroeconomics

23:38

is one type of fundamental analysis that

23:41

leads market participants to take

23:43

decisions. If the expectations on

23:45

inflation are going to be very high, you

23:47

would expect a lot of money flow from

23:49

all sorts of market participants inside

23:51

of gold because gold is the ultimate

23:53

inflation hedge asset or fundamental

23:56

analysis declines also in the real

23:58

fundamentals of each asset class. So

24:01

each market has different fundamentals,

24:03

different drivers that drive the flow of

24:06

money inside of that particular market.

24:09

For example, we just said gold as an

24:11

inflation hedge. Stocks, for example,

24:14

are driven mostly by in risk appetite.

24:17

Bonds, for example, are also used as a

24:19

hedge for inflation, but more of a way

24:21

to park money, but also used if an

24:24

investor wants a fixed income. So for

24:27

stock, for example, if Apple has a new

24:29

amazing CEO or something bad goes wrong

24:32

about the company, that will move price

24:34

because it will move the fundamentals of

24:37

the market. So the analysis of

24:39

fundamentals of each markets answers the

24:41

question why the perceived value of that

24:44

specific asset or asset class is

24:47

changing through time and is as a

24:49

consequence going to affect prices. So

24:52

as you become a trader it's going to be

24:54

very important for you to be

24:55

consistently finding reasonable answers

24:58

to why the perceived value of an asset

25:01

which is its fundamentals will drive

25:04

what ultimately moves which is price.

25:07

because prices will always be a

25:08

reflection of the market participants

25:11

opinion of what the fundamentals of that

25:14

assets are. So we understand that

25:16

financial market prices are moved by

25:18

market participants that act based on

25:20

what type of market participants they

25:22

are for different purposes and basing

25:24

their decision on fundamentals. So

25:26

fundamentals answer to the reason why

25:28

something might happen especially in

25:30

long-term price movements. For shorttime

25:33

price movement, it might be because of

25:35

execution alpha or market makers hedging

25:38

activity or some retail traders doing

25:40

some crazy stuff like what happened for

25:42

example in GameStop. Now how does all of

25:45

this happen? So let's answer the

25:47

question how how do market participants

25:50

move money for fundamental reasons that

25:52

move prices. But how does that happen?

25:55

This happens with a constant flow of buy

25:58

and sell order also known as supply and

26:01

demand that enters the market in the

26:06

form of order flow or volume. And supply

26:09

demands is a very easy concept to

26:11

understand. If there's more supply, if

26:12

there's a lot of a certain asset, the

26:15

prices are going to be low. For example,

26:16

water's price is decently low for most

26:19

people, but gold as it's rare and

26:21

there's less of it has a higher price,

26:23

right? Supply and demand. So in

26:24

financial markets, supply and demand

26:27

exists in the form of buy and sell

26:29

orders. And there's a constant flow of

26:31

buy and sell orders, which we call order

26:34

flow that we measure through something

26:37

called volume. So one stock traded from

26:40

a buyer and a seller that trade with

26:43

each other equals one volume. So volume

26:47

is literally the amount of transactions

26:49

that happen in the marketplace. And we

26:51

can analyze this flow of orders and we

26:55

can access through a data feed this

26:57

constant flow of buy and sell orders to

27:00

understand if there's any sort of

27:02

imbalance in the auction of these orders

27:05

because these are traded in a so-called

27:08

double auction which we'll get deep into

27:11

later. And the analysis of the market

27:13

based on this double auction mechanic is

27:15

also called the liquidity auction theory

27:18

or auction market theory which is what

27:21

we will use to analyze both volume and

27:24

price. And then we have the last two

27:26

questions which are relatively less

27:28

important but still important which is

27:31

where so in which markets is the money

27:35

flowing. The answer to this comes from

27:37

something called intermarket analysis.

27:39

So analyzing how certain markets perform

27:42

compared to others and understanding if

27:44

money is flowing out of a certain market

27:46

in which other market is it being poured

27:48

in and when can be anything related to

27:51

analyzing market cycles such as seasonal

27:54

analysis or intraday seasonals also

27:56

known as situational analysis. So by

27:59

answering the basic question of logical

28:01

analysis, we can understand what we need

28:04

to consider, what we need to study and

28:06

the main things we will need to study is

28:08

what moves, how it moves and why it

28:11

moves and then we can add where exactly

28:14

in which markets through intermarket

28:15

analysis and market cycles and when as

28:18

in cycles. One more thing that I forgot

28:21

to add is sentiment analysis which is

28:24

also something very crucial that is

28:26

multifaced. It's diverse and there's

28:29

many ways to do sentiment analysis but

28:32

it's basically the analysis of

28:34

participation. So seeing what's the

28:37

overall sentiment, see how different

28:39

market participants are participating in

28:41

different asset classes and you can you

28:43

know use instruments like retail

28:45

sentiment there's a lot of retail

28:47

sentiment tools that tells you what

28:48

retails are technically doing or

28:50

institutional sentiment with something

28:52

called a coot report etc etc or a lot of

28:54

people for example using Twitter analyze

28:56

the overall sentiment of traders around

28:59

the world. So to recap, what moves

29:02

prices? Price action. Who moves the

29:04

market? Market participants. Why do they

29:07

move the market? Because of decisions

29:09

they take based on speculative purposes,

29:11

hedging purposes, or capital

29:13

preservation for fundamental reasons

29:16

that can be due to macroeconomics,

29:18

single asset fundamentals, or market

29:20

sentiment. How do they move prices?

29:22

Through a constant flow of buy and sell

29:25

order, also known as order flow. So

29:28

through volume where do they do it in

29:30

different types of markets for different

29:32

reasons when do they do it in different

29:34

times of the year in different times of

29:36

the day in different times of the

29:38

macroeconomic cycle and in different

29:40

time of each day. So this is the

29:41

clearest framework you can have to

29:43

understand the basics of the markets.

29:45

Now before getting deep into the why

29:48

let's first understand the how. So

29:50

understanding how prices move through

29:53

what we call the liquidity auction

29:55

theory. And do you know what? I think

29:57

I'll just give you the whole map so you

29:59

can review it if you want. I'll send it

30:00

on my Telegram chat that you can find in

30:02

the description below. So the first step

30:04

of the liquidity auction theory is

30:06

market mechanics. So let's understand

30:08

that one first. This is the price

30:10

ladder. So lower prices, higher prices.

30:12

And let's say the current price is 100.

30:15

So as we know what drives price up and

30:18

down is supply and demand. So a constant

30:20

flow of buy and sell orders. And let's

30:21

see how these orders actually interact

30:23

because there's two types of orders. You

30:25

got sell orders at higher prices and you

30:27

got buy orders at lower prices. These

30:30

are called the bids. These are called

30:31

the offers. And let's imagine this is

30:33

the price for example of Bitcoin. Just

30:35

to make a relatable example for you

30:37

gamblers. And let's understand it at a

30:39

glance with this animated video. So

30:41

these are people offering to sell

30:43

Bitcoin. These are people offering to

30:44

buy Bitcoin at different prices. So

30:47

these are buy and sell offers. And this

30:50

is the first side of the liquidity.

30:52

These are also called the market makers.

30:54

This is passive liquidity. Imagine it

30:57

just like in an auction where they sell

30:59

paintings of a famous artist. Imagine

31:02

all of these being the goods being sold

31:04

at the auction being offered at the

31:05

auction. Price will not move if someone

31:08

in the audience will raise their hands

31:10

and says, "Hey, I am willing to pay a

31:11

higher price." But the difference is

31:13

there's not just things being sold.

31:15

There are also things being bought.

31:17

That's why we call the auction of of

31:20

financial markets a double auction

31:22

because it works both for price going up

31:24

and also for price going down. Now let's

31:26

put them all on this side. So if this is

31:29

the paintings of Dainci sold at the

31:31

auction then you have the auctioneer or

31:33

the middleman the guy with the little

31:35

hammer which is the matching algorithm

31:37

of for example the exchange in can be it

31:40

can be Coinbase or Binance or whatever.

31:43

For futures, it can be the CME. For

31:45

stocks, it can be the New York Stock

31:46

Exchange or whatever stock exchange.

31:48

Doesn't change. It works exactly the

31:49

same for all financial markets. So maybe

31:51

a guy named Fabio decides he wants to

31:55

buy market one of the one of these one

31:57

of these bitcoins that are being sold.

31:59

Which one will he take? Of course, the

32:01

one at the lowest price, which is 101.

32:03

Let's say he wants to buy three

32:05

bitcoins, right? So his order will be

32:07

sent from the broker to the matching

32:09

algorithms that through a first in first

32:11

out system will match it with this order

32:13

and this order because he needs to buy

32:15

three of them, right? So he will be able

32:18

to buy one here and two here. So these

32:20

will go here into the matching algorithm

32:23

and Fabio will be long three bitcoin,

32:26

one bitcoin from here and two bitcoin

32:28

from here. And so the current price from

32:30

here will move first here and then here.

32:33

So if there was a candle that opened

32:35

here, the the the candle will go first

32:38

here and then here. Now let's say now

32:41

let's say another person comes named

32:43

Patrick and he decides that they want to

32:45

sell Bitcoin. So he wants to sell for

32:48

Bitcoin. His order will be sent as well

32:49

to the matching algorithm that will try

32:51

to match that sell request with the best

32:54

possible price where there's at least a

32:56

buy offer. So he will buy three from

32:58

here out of those four and one will be

33:01

filled here. B. So all of these orders

33:04

that were filled are not going to be in

33:06

the order book anymore. Here we'll only

33:08

have three. One of them got here. And

33:11

now the price would have gone here and

33:14

then here cuz that's where the last

33:16

order got filled. The last match was

33:18

made. And so the candle will tick below,

33:22

turn red, and live a wick above where it

33:24

used to be because this is now the new

33:26

price. So as you see price is always

33:29

determined when an aggressive buyer or

33:32

an aggressive sellers choose to accept

33:35

any of the offers made in the order

33:38

book. So aggressors are the price mover

33:42

because because remember Fabio could

33:44

have just you know placed a buy offer

33:46

there without having to accept a

33:49

slightly a slightly worse price and he

33:51

could have just placed a buy limit at 98

33:53

instead of having to buy at worse

33:55

prices. He could have paid 98 for the

33:58

same thing he paid 102 for, but there

34:00

was no guarantee that a seller would

34:02

have accepted that offer, right? So, the

34:05

fact that he was not willing to wait,

34:07

but he was okay to pay a higher price, a

34:11

slightly higher price, that's why we

34:12

call it aggressive orders because

34:14

they're not waiting. They're kind of in

34:16

a FOMO. I I need to buy now and I am

34:18

willing to pay a slightly higher price.

34:20

I'm willing to pay something called the

34:23

spread, which is the difference between

34:25

the best ask and the best bid. This is

34:27

called spread. So whenever there's a low

34:29

level of liquidity between the bid and

34:31

ask, we say the book is thin because

34:34

there's not a lot of liquidity. And by

34:35

liquidity, we mean this. We mean orders

34:38

in the book. Someone who can be our

34:40

counterpart and makes it easy for us to

34:43

trade. So the second step of

34:46

understanding the liquidity auction

34:47

theory is the auction market theory and

34:52

as we have understood price are mostly

34:54

driven by big operators whales big banks

34:57

hedge funds institutions people with big

35:00

amounts of money and you understand that

35:02

for example if Fabio were to buy in the

35:05

previous example a thousand bitcoins he

35:08

would have to buy four here eight here

35:10

10 here and so on and so forth and

35:13

gradually ally accept really really

35:15

worse prices in order to to get that

35:18

thousand contracts thousand bitcoin

35:21

fail. So the first pillar of auction

35:23

market theory is that smart money

35:24

prefers slow and liquid markets because

35:30

they have such big orders they will

35:32

fraction them and instead of buying a

35:35

thousand contracts right away they will

35:37

buy them bit by bit. So you will see

35:40

often price stay in a situation of we

35:44

say consolidation where there's no a

35:46

clear direction of price and sometimes

35:50

yes price do but smart money prefers

35:52

slow and liquid markets. So they will

35:54

split their orders and slowly put them

35:57

into the market rather than having to

35:59

put them in the market all at once and

36:01

move price super super fast with one big

36:03

order. And this happens when the market

36:06

is agreeing on a price because the

36:09

aggressive selling pressure and the

36:11

aggressive buying pressure is pretty

36:13

even on both sides and it's creating a

36:15

situation of balance. So whenever price

36:18

is like this, we call this a balanced

36:20

market or a situation of fair value. And

36:24

what fair value means is is that since

36:28

the market is influencing prices through

36:31

buying and selling aggressive pressure

36:34

that's based on the value of the

36:36

underlying asset or the perceived future

36:39

value of the underlying asset. Both

36:41

aggressive sellers and aggressive buyers

36:43

are agreeing that this is a fair price

36:46

both to trade sell aggressively or buy

36:49

aggressively. Then this is where a smart

36:50

money prefers to trade. But then

36:52

something might change in the perception

36:54

of the future value of the underlying

36:57

asset that will drive aggressive buyers

37:01

to be ready to accept higher and higher

37:03

and higher prices as we saw in the book

37:06

because if this is the current price as

37:08

we said we have sell liquidity, sell

37:10

liquidity, sell liquidity, sell

37:12

liquidity, sell liquidity, right? So if

37:14

the value of the underlying asset is

37:16

such that aggressive buyers are ready to

37:18

pay a slightly higher price just to get

37:21

filled just to get their hands on that

37:22

asset that's what drives price up. So

37:25

for example the market will buy some

37:26

here some here some here some here some

37:28

here some here some here and every time

37:30

they buy some tuck tuck tuck tuck tuck

37:32

price goes up up up up but it's not like

37:34

buyer necessarily like this ideally they

37:36

would like to buy just here or even

37:39

lower without having to pay a higher

37:41

price every single time. So price going

37:43

up and accepting all of these sell after

37:45

is showing us is a search for liquidity.

37:49

They would hope that there's a huge

37:51

liquidity over here already ready to

37:53

sell back to all of this aggressive

37:54

buyers but there's none. There's not

37:56

enough liquidity. And so what's

37:58

basically happening is there is this

38:00

phase of imbalance or price discovery

38:04

which some people like to call fair

38:06

value gap which is a name that overall

38:08

I'd say makes sense because it's a not

38:10

exactly a gap but it's absence of fair

38:13

value because the market is not agreeing

38:15

that that's the fair valuation for that

38:17

asset and so this phase where aggressive

38:20

buyers are willing to accept higher

38:22

prices will eventually stop or at some

38:26

point they will find more resistance

38:28

from passive sellers and aggressive

38:33

sellers will start to consider these

38:34

prices fair as well because if they were

38:37

willing to sell here, they're probably

38:39

still willing to sell here even though

38:40

at not at the same rhythm as buyers. But

38:43

hey, if I were selling Bitcoin at 100, I

38:46

might also sell it at 110. And so as the

38:49

market starts considering these prices

38:51

to be fair again we will have another

38:53

situation of balance another situation

38:56

where both aggressive sellers and

38:58

aggressive buyers are agreeing that this

39:00

is a fair price to trade and sometimes

39:03

price will try and exit from fair value

39:06

and it will happen at times that price

39:10

breaks this situation of consolidation

39:12

and buyers start accepting higher prices

39:16

but sellers will still consider these to

39:18

these super premium prices to sell at.

39:20

So they will push the market back in a

39:23

situation of balance. Or it could happen

39:25

that sellers are considering these

39:28

prices to be very premium, very

39:31

convenient to sell at and they will

39:34

start pushing price down again out of

39:37

the balance. But the same buyers that

39:39

consider these prices to be fair are

39:41

likely to consider it again. So there's

39:43

a good chance they will push price back

39:46

into a situation of balance. And we call

39:49

these phases failed auctions. And this

39:52

is the most accurate model to analyze

39:55

market structure and price action

39:57

dynamics as well. Okay, let's say price

40:00

does this. What Charles Dao did in the

40:03

18th century was trying to analyze price

40:07

swings. So you would basically mark the

40:11

highs, the lows, the highs, the lows,

40:13

the highs, the lows of price. And in

40:16

order to assess a trend, you would see

40:18

where the highs and where the lows are

40:21

going. And if there's a higher high and

40:25

a higher low, we're clearly in an

40:27

uptrend. As soon as a higher low for

40:30

example gets broken then we understand

40:33

we are in a situation of a bearish

40:35

market environment [snorts] or bearish

40:37

market structure. Then since this model

40:40

presents itself a lot in the market,

40:43

people have tried to find again more

40:46

visual patterns just like the concepts

40:48

of highs and lows and highs and lows

40:50

because this is just visual references,

40:52

right? And because they repeat so often,

40:54

they've tried to predict it by finding

40:56

some shapes that are visually easy to

40:59

identify. For example, technical

41:01

analysts might define this as a pennant

41:05

or as a wedge or as a head and shoulder

41:09

pattern or a triangle pattern to find

41:13

again a type of wedge pattern. And so

41:15

people have tried for decades, for years

41:17

to find patterns in price and try and

41:20

see if they have any statistical

41:22

validity whatsoever, but they never

41:24

really proved it. But what all of these

41:26

are are failed attempts to rationalize

41:30

market structure just through price

41:32

without understanding the mechanics

41:34

behind it. But if we simply think of the

41:36

auction market theory model, we would

41:38

just define this as an area of fair

41:41

value followed by a phase of imbalance

41:44

and then another situation of fair value

41:46

where yes, at some point there have been

41:49

some failed attempts by sellers to

41:51

consider these fair prices and push

41:54

price lower followed by phases where

41:56

buyers are still considering these

41:58

prices to be cheap. So they push the

42:00

auction up until they eventually stop

42:02

and aggressive sellers take control of

42:04

the auction. But then again, you would

42:06

see a situation of fair value followed

42:08

by another situation of balance where

42:10

yes, you had some failed auctions

42:12

followed by a situation of imbalance

42:14

followed by a situation of balance and

42:17

so on and so forth. And by rationalizing

42:19

market mechanics in a way that we just

42:22

look at where money is agreeing and

42:24

where money is not agreeing, we can

42:26

easily follow where the money is flowing

42:27

in the market because ranges is where

42:29

the most money was traded. And so if

42:32

most of the money was traded here and

42:34

now most of the money was traded here,

42:36

we have an absolute objective indication

42:39

of where the money is going because as

42:41

we discussed in our model here is where

42:44

most of the time is spent. Most of the

42:47

big orders are slowly slowly put in the

42:49

market in fraction. We don't spend a lot

42:51

of time in these prices. But again we

42:53

spend a lot of time here. And here we

42:56

move on to the next step which is

42:58

volume. If we go back here and we

43:00

remember that three orders were matched

43:02

around here, four orders were matched

43:04

around there. So we had two contracts

43:07

traded here, one contract traded here

43:10

and then we had three contracts traded

43:12

here and then one contract traded here

43:15

again. The total amount of contracts, of

43:17

bitcoins, of stocks, of gold ounces,

43:21

whatever that is traded as every single

43:23

level of price is what we call the

43:27

volume profile. And the volume profile

43:29

shows you basically how much money was

43:31

traded at each level of price. And it

43:34

may sound obvious but if we had to draw

43:37

a volume profile of this whole price

43:39

action we would see that where there was

43:43

a lot of time spent that's the areas

43:46

where volume is really really high.

43:49

These areas are the areas where volume

43:51

was really really low. There was not a

43:53

lot of trading going on but then we

43:55

started spending a lot of time here and

43:58

this is where a lot of volume of trading

44:01

happened and maybe a little bit also

44:04

here and this makes you understand that

44:06

where the ranges are that's where the

44:09

money is and that when price ranges move

44:12

upwards that's where the money is

44:15

flowing. Now let's take a software like

44:16

deep charts and open a new book advanced

44:20

depth of market which basically means

44:22

exactly what we saw here the market

44:24

micro mechanics and for this example

44:26

we've selected the e- mini S&P 500 let's

44:30

zoom in and we can see exactly what we

44:33

just talked about and we can clearly see

44:35

in this column all the passive sell

44:37

orders in the ask column and here all

44:40

the buy limit orders or passive buy

44:43

orders in the bid and we can see how

44:45

They vary through time. So, for example,

44:47

we can activate the volume profile and

44:50

we're going to reset it to start from

44:52

scratch. And we can see that now the

44:54

price is here. That's where the volume

44:57

is being traded. For example, 15

44:59

contracts have been traded here. Now,

45:01

we're trading back here. And now we're

45:03

trading downwards. And you see how price

45:05

moves up and down depending on where the

45:08

volume is traded. Exactly as we said. So

45:11

for example, if I were a bank and I need

45:13

to buy a,000 contracts, I will have to

45:16

accept all of these offers and take 88,

45:19

96, 206, 83, 120, 90, 9090 and gradually

45:24

buy at worse and worse and worse and

45:26

worse and worse prices because that's

45:27

where sell offers are. Same thing if I

45:30

were to sell, there needs to be enough

45:32

liquidity. Now, let's just have this on

45:34

the side of the screen and have a normal

45:36

price chart on this side of the screen.

45:38

And if you look closely, you can

45:40

literally see how price moves ups and

45:42

down, up and down. And how candles are

45:45

created by volume being traded on the

45:49

ask or traded on the bid because of

45:51

aggressive buyers accepting sell offers

45:54

or aggressive sellers accepting these

45:57

buy offers. And you can see how now

45:59

someone accepted to purchase one of

46:01

these 65 64 and they've bought more all

46:05

up through here and a spike formed,

46:07

right? Because the candle has gone up

46:09

here and then down again. And these

46:10

movements happen because contracts are

46:12

traded upwards or downwards. This is how

46:15

the market works. No big deal, right? So

46:18

we understand that these are only

46:19

passive orders and there but they can

46:22

vary. These numbers change through time

46:24

because I could, for example, put a

46:25

bunch of buy limits here and then just

46:27

cancel them. So these aren't there to

46:30

stay necessarily. They just express an

46:32

intention, not an actual order getting

46:35

filled. This is a very different thing.

46:37

The that's why we call these passive

46:39

orders. The only orders that are

46:41

executed out of all of these are the

46:43

ones that you actually see traded in the

46:46

volume profile. Or if you go up here in

46:48

the indicators and you activate the

46:49

orderflow analyzer, you can basically

46:52

have a split version of the volume

46:54

profile where you see exactly how many

46:56

contracts were traded in the ask or in

46:59

the bid. So, if it was aggressive buyers

47:02

in green or aggressive sellers in

47:04

purple, this is called a footprint

47:06

chart, a deep candle, call it however

47:08

you like it, but it's basically showing

47:10

you how the candle was formed and a

47:13

summary of all the volume and all the

47:15

orders that either hit the bid in purple

47:18

or lifted the ask in green. Now, someone

47:20

is selling here, so price drops, someone

47:23

is buying again here. And all of this

47:25

data, by the way, comes from a data

47:26

feed. I'm currently using DX feed to

47:29

gather all of this very important data.

47:31

Now, I'm gonna disconnect it for a

47:33

second to show you how there's always

47:35

sellers one tick up and buyers one tick

47:38

down. Right? That's why if I zoom here

47:41

on a candle, you will see nine here, two

47:44

here, and then zero zero because these

47:47

two contract were bought here and these

47:50

nine contract were sold here. So when

47:53

you read this type of chart, the

47:55

footprint chart, you always read how the

47:57

auction unfolds diagonally because it's

48:00

always one tick up, one tick down, one

48:02

tick up, one tick down. This is what we

48:04

call an auction. And when you see also

48:06

here, also here you have 17 and two.

48:08

This was that auction. This was another

48:10

auction. This was another auction. This

48:12

was another auction. And you have zero

48:14

zero because technically here there

48:17

would also be a zero, right? Because

48:19

there's always buyers one tick down and

48:21

sellers one tick up. And that's how the

48:23

auction unfolds. So if I wanted to buy,

48:25

for example, I could buy submitted and

48:28

place a limit order and be here in the

48:30

order book or cancel

48:32

>> and simply buy. And if I click the buy

48:35

market button, I will get filled here

48:37

[snorts]

48:38

where there's at least a sell offer. So

48:40

if I buy, I click buy now.

48:42

>> Order filled.

48:43

>> You can clearly see I bought exactly

48:45

there. My order got filled here, which

48:47

is exactly that side of the auction. So,

48:50

I basically accepted a slightly higher

48:54

price, a 0.25 points higher price as

48:57

long as I could get my hands on a

48:59

seller, right? Cuz I didn't want to wait

49:01

until someone sold to me. If this

49:04

mechanism of the auction is not clear,

49:06

please rewatch it a lot of times until

49:08

you fully grasped and understood the

49:11

concept because we're going to need it

49:12

later. Now, let's reconnect to the data

49:13

feed.

49:14

>> Connected. price eventually went up and

49:16

a lot of buyers started stepping in and

49:19

I'm currently earning money in this.

49:20

This is just a demo account though and

49:22

for example I could put my take profit.

49:24

I could drag the takerit and as you can

49:26

see it's minus one limit

49:29

>> order submitted. It's a limit order,

49:32

right? Because I'm basically to close my

49:34

buy position, I have to sell, right? And

49:36

I have to sell at a higher price. So, I

49:38

can put a resting order, a sell limit as

49:42

my takerit as the area where I'm going

49:44

to close the trade. Now, I'm going to

49:46

put it here and see if I can order

49:47

submitted. Order submitted.

49:48

>> Put it slightly lower.

49:49

>> Order submitted. Order submitted. Order

49:52

submitted.

49:52

>> And now I'm out of the position. Let's

49:54

buy once more.

49:55

>> Order filled

49:56

>> and buy from the best ask. I can also

49:59

click on SL and what this will do is

50:02

placing a sell stop

50:03

>> order submitted.

50:05

>> So a sell order that will not stay in

50:08

the book but will simply get triggered

50:10

if price drops and I'm going to lose

50:12

basically $150 and cap my loss to a

50:16

maximum amount. That's a stop-loss,

50:18

right? You're probably familiar with it

50:19

already. But this stop order is not in

50:22

the book. It's only inside of my

50:24

platform and will be executed as a

50:27

market order because the only sell

50:30

limits that are allowed are above the

50:32

price. If I place a stop, it will be

50:33

executed like a sell market orders. It's

50:36

like I'm basically telling my platform,

50:38

hey, when price reaches this 6803.75,

50:42

execute my order at the best price, like

50:44

you were selling market. And this will

50:46

close my trade.

50:47

>> Order cancelled.

50:48

>> Or to close my position, I could simply

50:49

sell market. As you can see, I sold here

50:52

in this side of the auction. And with

50:54

this, the mechanism of the auction

50:55

should be clear for you. And we can move

50:57

on to a deeper level. Since markets

50:59

often go this way, they often go up one

51:02

tick, down one tick, up one tick, down

51:04

one tick, up one tick, down one tick,

51:06

and so on and so forth. As you see, it's

51:08

doing now. Constantly going up, down,

51:10

up, down, up, down, up, down. There are

51:12

some specialized firms that are called

51:15

marketmaking firms. And what they do is

51:18

exactly this. They always sell at the

51:20

best ask and they always sell the best

51:23

bid. So they always quote both the ask

51:27

and the bid to earn the uptick down tick

51:30

uptick down tick movement and earn the

51:32

spreads that traders pay. And this is a

51:35

massively profitable business model by

51:36

the way. And why this is so important is

51:39

because it helps us understand even

51:41

deeper the nature of the markets. So the

51:44

next thing we need to understand is the

51:47

different types of matching algorithms.

51:50

Now let's make the exact same example.

51:52

We have one contract in the bid and one

51:55

contract on the ask. Let's put it this

51:57

for the sake of this example. The first

51:58

type of matching algorithm is the first

52:01

in first out algorithm also known as

52:04

FIFO. This is the most common type of

52:07

matching algorithm in let's say most

52:09

exchanges. And how this works is if I

52:12

place a sell limit order here and then

52:14

someone else places it after me in a

52:17

chronological order even let's say it's

52:19

a bigger order then someone else put

52:21

another order and someone else puts

52:23

another order and the same thing happens

52:25

for example in the bid one more order

52:27

one more order the first order that was

52:30

placed here chronologically speaking so

52:32

the earlier you place an order the

52:34

earlier you're going to get filled so

52:36

even though you ultimately end up seeing

52:38

only one number. For example, hey, there

52:40

is five orders here. Okay, five

52:43

contracts and here you have six

52:44

contracts. So, slightly more. In the

52:46

normal order book, you will only see

52:48

this. But in the back, this could be six

52:52

different people that place one single

52:53

order. Or in this case, four different

52:55

people, one order, one order, two

52:57

orders, two orders, right? Or it could

52:59

be just one person placing six contracts

53:02

all at once. But what happens in the

53:04

background really is if a buyer comes

53:06

and buys one contract market, the

53:08

matching algorithm will match it with

53:11

the first sell order that was put in the

53:13

queue. So this order as it was the first

53:16

one to be placed here will be matched

53:18

with this buyer. That's why we call it

53:20

first in first out. The first order to

53:22

be placed in the queue will be the first

53:24

one to be filled. But this is not the

53:26

only type of matching algorithm. Another

53:28

form of matching algorithm is the FIFO

53:31

with LMM that stands for first in first

53:35

out with lead market maker and this is

53:38

slightly different. So in this model

53:40

there is a lead market maker. So a

53:42

market making firm that is both quoting

53:46

the ask and the bid and there's

53:48

basically an agreement between the

53:50

exchange let's say it's the CME the

53:52

Chicago Merkantile exchange and a

53:55

marketmaking firm let's say it's Citadel

53:57

Securities one of the biggest market

53:59

makers in the world and with this type

54:01

of relationship the market maker will

54:03

make sure to always provide liquidity to

54:05

the CME and the CME is happy because

54:08

because people want to trade there

54:09

because there's always someone to buy

54:11

from and someone to sell to aka the

54:13

market maker. This service is also

54:15

called liquidity provision. So the

54:17

market maker acts as a liquidity

54:20

provider for the CME. In exchange for

54:22

this service, the CME will grant the

54:25

market maker with different formulas,

54:27

but for example, let's say 40% of

54:30

aggressive volume. This way the market

54:33

maker can profitably run his business

54:35

and have some guaranteed flow of buyers

54:37

and sellers, buyers and sellers and

54:39

basically do like we just did and earn

54:41

from uptick down tick uptick down tick

54:43

uptick down tick and earn a spread. So

54:46

the market making business model is to

54:48

earn a spread. The business model of the

54:49

CME is to facilitate trading and the

54:52

goal of traders is to get filled at a

54:54

decent price and not pay a huge spread.

54:57

So if this matching algorithm is in

54:59

place and let's say that 10 buyarket

55:02

contracts are entering the market and

55:04

let's say this is our market maker

55:06

liquidity and let's say we have 10

55:08

orders here and some of them are placed

55:11

here by the market making firm. Well in

55:13

this case out of these 10 four of them

55:16

will be saved for the market maker and

55:18

six will be granted to the rest of the

55:20

market participants that place their

55:22

orders here. So in this case, even

55:24

though someone might have placed orders

55:26

here before market makers did, market

55:28

makers will still have a priority up

55:31

until 40% of the total aggressive volume

55:34

coming in the market. But there's only

55:35

one problem here. And let's get back to

55:37

our chart. What happens if let's say I

55:40

do this, I sell here and buy here,

55:42

right? If price happens to go the other

55:45

way, I'm losing money, right? Minus 12.

55:47

Let's see if price starts going to one

55:50

direction, right? Okay, now I just

55:52

earned some money. I'm going to sell

55:53

back again here. See, now price is

55:55

moving lower and I'm losing money as a

55:57

market maker and I'm again buying and

56:00

selling one tick, buying one tick down,

56:02

selling one tick up. If the market take

56:04

a clear aggressive direction, I will be

56:06

losing more and more money. And for

56:08

example, here I will be still buying

56:10

here and selling here. Right now, let's

56:12

do it again. Let's sell here and buy

56:13

here. And what a market making firms

56:15

looks like, it's actually like this,

56:17

right? This is the book of a market

56:19

making firm. It will always sell to the

56:20

ask, sell in the ask, buy in the bid and

56:22

up and down and up and down. Well, you

56:24

clearly understand if price suddenly

56:26

takes a very firm and constant

56:29

direction, you will sell, sell, sell,

56:31

sell, sell and keep losing money

56:33

basically. So the risk of a market maker

56:35

is that price will start going in one

56:38

direction without doing down ticks.

56:40

Because if it does this, this this the

56:42

market maker business is still

56:43

profitable, right? But if price just

56:45

goes tick tick up tick up tick up tick

56:47

up and without any tick down they don't

56:49

get a chance to close profitably their

56:51

position as you can see also it's

56:53

happening now I'm losing $62 now we got

56:56

very lucky because price is just going

56:58

up and down so market makers are now

56:59

happy whenever there's a flat action

57:01

they're happy now we're booking some of

57:03

that profit let's see yeah so what will

57:05

happen is the market makers will provide

57:08

liquidity under one condition only they

57:10

can not provide liquidity during

57:13

macroeconom economic data releases. This

57:16

is the only condition because when a new

57:18

macroeconomic data is released, let's

57:20

say for example, let's say for example

57:22

in 2021 inflation was a big problem and

57:24

the stock market was super bearish

57:26

because of fear of inflation. And if a

57:29

new inflation data came out and it was

57:31

suddenly really positive and inflation

57:33

was going lower, coming down more than

57:35

the market expected, it's very likely

57:37

that that the stock bulls will be happy

57:40

and keep buying, buying, buying, buying,

57:41

buying, buying. Well, who they're going

57:43

to buy from? are dear market makers

57:45

because if they're constantly quoting

57:47

all of the ask and suddenly they're all

57:49

bought, they're losing a lot of money.

57:51

So what they can do during macroeconomic

57:54

news release is basically delete all of

57:57

their orders. Okay, for example, let's

57:59

take the latest FOMC data release which

58:02

happened September 17th and let's see

58:04

what happened in the footprint chart

58:07

during that release. Well, you do see

58:09

something interesting here. See a lot of

58:11

zeros. A lot of zeros. What this means

58:14

and what this signals us that is

58:16

happening is there's a lot of buyers

58:18

accepting all of these sell offers even

58:21

though they're very little as you can

58:22

see and there's little to no aggressive

58:24

selling literally zero aggressive

58:26

selling. If market makers were to

58:28

constantly be the sellers of this

58:29

movement, they will be losing money all

58:31

the way through, right? And they do not

58:32

want to take that risk. That's why they

58:34

delete all of the liquidity. And I'm

58:36

going to share with you a clip now that

58:37

will make you exactly understand this

58:40

phenomena of spread widening. When a

58:43

news is released, such as NFP, CDI, or

58:46

FOMC, here's what's happening behind the

58:48

scenes. In every market, there's two

58:50

types of traders. Market makers in the

58:52

order book, buy and sell orders resting

58:55

above and below price, and market

58:57

takers, people actually buying and

59:00

selling to the best price. When a market

59:02

maker and a market taker agree on a

59:04

price and trade, that price becomes the

59:06

current market price. So a market making

59:08

firm will provide liquidity by placing

59:10

both buy and sell limits. So its

59:13

business model is to sell at a slightly

59:15

higher price and buy at a slightly lower

59:17

price from and to all traders who buy

59:20

and sell market to earn a spread. This

59:23

is a massively profitable business. But

59:25

if the market would start rising all of

59:27

a sudden, maybe because the Fed has

59:29

finally cut interest rates.

59:30

>> Good afternoon.

59:31

>> And stock bulls are happy for a market

59:33

maker, that means trouble because it

59:35

would have to keep selling at a higher

59:36

and higher price and lose a lot of

59:38

money. So to prevent this risk, market

59:41

making firms before any news release

59:43

have the ability to cancel all the

59:45

orders and stop providing liquidity for

59:47

some seconds. This way, the spread

59:49

between the best sell offer and the best

59:51

buy offer will be really wide. All it

59:54

takes is a buy market order which will

59:55

be matched with wherever there is at

59:57

least one sell offer. So price will

59:59

immediately jump wherever there was a

60:01

sell limit in a matter of milliseconds.

60:03

If someone in this time frame sells

60:05

market it will be matched with the first

60:07

buy offer which could be substantially

60:09

lower and in a matter of milliseconds

60:11

price will drop and just like that with

60:14

two very small order that can be a huge

60:16

volatility simply because of a lack of

60:18

liquidity from market makers.

60:21

So we have understood the basic of

60:23

market mechanics also in depth with how

60:26

the different types of matching

60:27

algorithms work and why since the market

60:30

works like an auction the liquidity

60:31

auction theory is the best model to

60:34

analyze market structure and basically

60:36

follow where the money is going and

60:38

instead of simply using highs and lows

60:40

as visual references or weird shapes

60:42

simply look at price with the lens of

60:44

volume and with the idea of following

60:47

the flow of big money. And this is what

60:49

we will ultimately do. We will try to

60:51

find the better ways to rationally

60:53

follow the big money by looking in real

60:55

time at the activity of buyers and

60:57

sellers through the footprint chart if

60:59

we are day traders or in general to

61:02

price action and volume if for example

61:04

we're swing traders. And this is what

61:05

we're going to talk about now in this

61:06

next chapter. But even before we get

61:08

into all of that good stuff and how do

61:11

we actually study the auction market

61:13

theory and find models to enter the

61:15

market for intraday setups for swing

61:17

setups I think it's important that we

61:18

clarify first what are the reason that

61:21

will push market participants to either

61:23

buy or sell through the matching

61:25

algorithm and all the liquidity auction

61:27

theory that we've modeled out and hence

61:30

causes price to move in such a way but

61:32

why so let's get a little bit deeper

61:34

into fundamental analysis and the first

61:36

element I want to address is

61:37

fundamentals themselves and every market

61:40

has its own fundamentals. For example,

61:42

one of the most famous market for sure

61:44

is the stock market and to understand

61:46

what moves the stock market, we need to

61:47

understand what the stock market is. And

61:49

the stock market is the market of stocks

61:51

which are shares of companies that are

61:54

listed in the stock exchange. So in the

61:56

stock market you basically trade company

61:58

shares and you can either trade single

62:01

stocks for example Apple, Microsoft,

62:03

Tesla, Nvidia and so you basically trade

62:06

by buying and selling stocks of the

62:08

single companies or you trade index

62:10

funds for example the S&P 500, the

62:13

Nasdaq, the Dow Jones or the Russell

62:16

where for example the S&P 500 holds

62:19

together every single stock the top 500

62:22

single stocks and by top 500 I mean the

62:25

500 00 stock with the highest market

62:27

capitalization or market cap of the

62:30

entire American stock market. The NASDAQ

62:32

100 takes the top 100 companies listed

62:35

at the NASDAQ. The Dow Jones Industrial

62:37

Average Index or Dow Jones 30 takes into

62:39

consideration only the top 30 companies

62:41

but mostly from the industrial sector

62:43

and the Russell 2000 takes for example

62:45

small cap stocks. So you have different

62:47

index funds that are composed of

62:50

slightly different companies and they

62:52

have a slightly different composition of

62:54

single stocks. And here is an example of

62:57

the entire S&P 500 visualized. This is a

63:00

graphics from visual capitalist. Shout

63:02

out to them. And in 2023 for example,

63:05

these are the different sectors. You

63:07

have the info technology sector. You

63:09

have the financial sector. So companies

63:11

like Apple, Microsoft, Nvidia, Adobe,

63:14

Salesforce, Intel, AMD are all tech

63:17

companies. Then you have for example

63:19

Fizer, Johnson and Johnson that are part

63:21

of the healthcare sector. In the

63:22

financial sector you have Birkshshire

63:24

Hathaways, JP Morgan, Mastercard, Visa.

63:27

Then you have the consumer discretionary

63:29

sector that includes stuff like Amazon,

63:31

Tesla, McDonald, Nike, Home Depot. And

63:34

they're considered consumer

63:35

discretionary because they're

63:37

discretionary. So they're not primary

63:39

goods such as, you know, food or water.

63:42

They're discretionary. Consumers don't

63:43

always buy from these companies. They're

63:46

secondary. Unlike, for example, consumer

63:48

staples like Proctor and Gamble,

63:50

Coca-Cola, Pepsi, Costco, Walmart,

63:53

Mundles, all of those companies that

63:55

sell staples, stuff that people buy all

63:57

the time. And this is already something

63:59

you can start understanding. These type

64:01

of stocks are more solid, more stable.

64:04

They pay dividends because they

64:05

constantly have revenue. While consumer

64:08

discretionary, for example, if the

64:09

economy is going good, they might

64:11

perform really well. But for example,

64:13

during a phase of recession, people will

64:15

care less about buying new stuff from

64:17

Amazon or eating outside at McDonald's

64:19

or buy a new pair of Nikes or buy a new

64:21

Tesla or even buy a new iPhone. But for

64:24

sure, they'll keep spending on consumer

64:26

staples. They'll they for sure do their

64:27

groceries at Walmart, do their groceries

64:29

at Proctor and Gamble. So consumer

64:31

staples for example is one of those

64:33

sectors that maybe has a better

64:35

performance during bare markets that are

64:37

mainly affecting consumer discretionary

64:39

sector and the infochnology sector.

64:41

Financials also normally are really

64:44

solid but if there's a financial crisis

64:46

this is the kind of sector that is going

64:48

to perform less or healthcare for

64:50

example is another really evergreen set

64:52

of stocks because there's always going

64:54

to be a need for healthcare whether the

64:56

economy is good or the economy is bad.

64:58

Then you have the energy sector which is

65:00

heavily influenced for example by oil

65:02

prices. You have materials, utilities,

65:04

real estate that for example is very

65:06

much affected by interest rate policies

65:08

decision because as you know most of the

65:10

real estate is bought through loans and

65:12

the interest rate you see in loans are

65:14

determined by the interest rates set by

65:17

central banks. So central bank decisions

65:19

on monetary policies will affect the

65:21

financial sector a lot and the real

65:22

estate a lot. And so you already start

65:24

understanding in general the different

65:26

types of sector how would they respond

65:28

to the economy but in general the stock

65:30

market the reason why it moves. So the

65:33

fundamental reasons one of the main

65:35

drivers of the stock market is risk

65:37

appetite. So in general the stock market

65:40

when you invest in a company so why an

65:43

investor a person with big money should

65:45

or shouldn't invest in a stock it is

65:48

typically because they expect the

65:49

company valuation and the price of that

65:52

stock to grow so for growth or because

65:55

for example it's a company that pays a

65:57

lot of dividends. For example, a company

65:59

like Tesla didn't pay dividends at all

66:01

to its investor, but it had an intense

66:04

growth in its price that generated a

66:06

return for investors, but it does not

66:09

pay dividends. Coca-Cola instead is a

66:11

company that pays a lot of dividends,

66:12

right? So another thing that influences

66:15

risk appetite so incentivizes investors

66:18

to put on capital into stocks and to

66:21

invest in the stock market or in some

66:23

specific stocks is expectations on the

66:26

company's earnings. And as of today,

66:28

every 3 months, all publicly traded

66:31

companies have to release their earnings

66:33

once every 3 months or quarterly because

66:35

earnings are both a driver of growth and

66:38

also earnings which for all of those who

66:41

don't know is simply revenue minus

66:43

expenses. So the net profit of the

66:46

company is the earnings is equally

66:48

divided and distributed to shareholders.

66:50

So if you bought a stock, you bought a

66:52

share and a lot of companies will pay

66:54

you earnings because you hold a share.

66:56

you're a shareholder. And so a lot of

66:58

investors might invest in a company for

67:00

income, not for growth, income. So

67:03

income/ dividends. So this is everything

67:05

that relates to the company itself,

67:08

right? And each company has its own

67:10

fundamentals. And by fundamentals, that

67:12

could mean for example, who is the

67:14

founder or the CEO of that company? How

67:18

trustworthy is him? How are the

67:20

financials of the company? So you

67:21

basically take the balance sheet of each

67:23

company and analyze their earnings,

67:26

their EIDA, their leverage ratio. So how

67:29

much in depth they are and their

67:31

financial solidity overall. Another

67:33

crucial thing is how how is the

67:35

sentiment of markets towards the sector

67:38

they operate in. These are all parts of

67:41

the fundamentals of the company. And of

67:43

course it's a part of the fundamentals

67:45

of the stock market in general.

67:47

everything that relates to the economy

67:49

they operate in or the macroeconomic

67:53

context. Of course, if the overall

67:55

economy is expecting to shrink

67:58

drastically, that's not going to help

68:00

stocks go high. It's going to decrease

68:02

the risk appetite and investors maybe

68:05

take money out of the stock market into

68:07

a safer type of asset. So, if the

68:09

macroeconomic content is overall good

68:11

and there's a positive sentiment about

68:13

the economy, the stocks tend to be

68:15

bullish. If there's likely to be a

68:17

recession, this is typically bearish.

68:19

But always remember, if during recession

68:21

stocks are bearish, doesn't mean that

68:23

that money is being lost or burned. Like

68:25

some newspaper like to say, trillions of

68:28

dollars burned in the stock market in a

68:29

single day. Yeah, but it doesn't burn.

68:31

It just moves somewhere else because

68:33

markets are just this money moving where

68:36

it thinks it will get a better

68:38

treatment. And the macroeconomic context

68:41

is heavily heavily influenced by

68:44

monetary policies which we'll get deep

68:46

into shortly and fiscal policies which

68:49

we'll also get deep into later. Now,

68:50

another important thing about the stock

68:52

market and the reason also why the stock

68:54

market is one of my favorite market to

68:56

trade and this is where I mostly trade

68:58

by the way. I mostly trade the S&P 500

69:01

is because it's in some sense more

69:04

predictable because we can truly

69:05

understand what the intentions of the

69:07

market are very very clearly much more

69:09

clearly than a lot of other markets I

69:11

would dare to say. And the main market

69:14

participants of the stock market are for

69:17

sure investors. investors who invest in

69:20

the stock market and they create an

69:22

upward bullish pressure by constantly

69:25

buying, buying, buying, buying, buying

69:28

and accumulating money into the stock

69:31

market for capital preservation and

69:33

capital growth reasons. And these are

69:35

long-term traders. They affect the

69:37

long-term direction of the stock market.

69:40

And as you can see in most big economies

69:43

since more money is being printed as we

69:46

will see later investors have more and

69:48

more money to invest in the stock market

69:50

and the market tends always to go up. So

69:53

the fact that there is investors creates

69:55

a skew in the probabilities of prices to

69:59

go up more than they go down most of the

70:01

time which is already in and of itself a

70:04

great edge already which is the reason

70:06

why simple trading setups like the

70:08

opening range breakout always works in

70:10

stocks. And then of course you have

70:12

speculators and speculators can affect

70:14

more let's say the short-term price

70:16

action and the short-term volatility.

70:18

And while investors might simply buy

70:21

stocks or investors often for example

70:24

buy/sell

70:26

ETFs of certain index funds or of some

70:30

specific sectors cuz for example each

70:32

one of these sectors of the S&P 500 has

70:34

its own ETF. speculators instead

70:37

together with just using single stocks

70:39

or trading ETFs. They will also use

70:42

derivative contracts such as futures of

70:45

index funds and I would say mostly

70:47

options and all of these are derivatives

70:50

but they are such huge markets that they

70:53

end up affecting the underlying asset

70:56

cuz you should know that a future an

70:58

option a CFD it's a derivative contracts

71:00

because it deres it price from the

71:03

underlying asset right but if most of

71:05

the volume is traded in future contracts

71:07

and in options the hedging activity or

71:09

the arbitrage that can happen between

71:11

different markets will affect the stock

71:14

prices itself. So [snorts] as you will

71:15

see later sometimes options especially

71:18

are the underlying asset themselves and

71:20

also both speculators and investors but

71:23

just the big ones trade in something

71:25

called dark pools especially single

71:28

stocks and dark pools are a different

71:30

type of exchange that is not transparent

71:33

is not regulated. It's not public, but

71:35

it's a private pool of institutional

71:38

liquidity where big investors, big money

71:41

participants can more comfortably trade

71:44

big amounts of money and trade in

71:46

blocks. Okay. And get a feel to their

71:49

so-called exactly block trades. And this

71:52

is a considerably big part of the

71:55

market. I'm not sure what's the current

71:57

volume overall, but at some point I'm

71:59

sure it was around 40%. And for the rest

72:01

of the market, there's also a lot of

72:03

calculations of where is the most money

72:05

traded in single stocks, in ETFs of the

72:08

index funds, in the futures of the index

72:10

funds or in the options of both stocks

72:12

and and index funds. And the answer is

72:15

options. Most of the market, most of the

72:17

public market of stocks and index funds

72:19

are not traded in ETFs, not in futures.

72:22

Most of the daily volume happens in

72:24

options, specifically zerodte options,

72:28

which became very popular in the last

72:30

few years for both retail traders and

72:32

institutional traders. And this leads us

72:35

to the third big market participant of

72:37

the stock market, which are market

72:40

makers or marketmaking firms, the same

72:42

ones we saw here like Citadel

72:44

Securities, which are market

72:45

participants that are basically

72:46

liquidity providers that earn a spread.

72:48

And the biggest one and most influential

72:50

ones are option market makers for sure

72:52

because as most of the notional volume

72:55

in the stock market is traded through

72:56

through options and specifically zero

72:59

DTE. The way market makers stay neutral

73:02

and basically hedge their position

73:04

creates a flow of hedging orders in the

73:08

futures market and in the stock market

73:10

that according to some estimate is

73:12

around 10% to 15% of the total volume

73:15

which is a lot. So hedging flows from

73:19

market makers specifically in the option

73:21

market are really considerable in

73:23

specifically the short-term market

73:25

action and we will get deep into that

73:27

later but I already want to show you

73:28

something which I consider very

73:30

interesting. Go on squeezemetrics

73:33

squeezemetrics.com and you get this

73:36

chart that basically has the S&P 500 but

73:38

you also get two very insightful

73:41

indicators. The first one is the DIX,

73:44

which which could be kind of a funny

73:46

name, but is the darkpool indicator or

73:49

dark index, which basically take

73:51

darkpool data from all of the stocks of

73:54

the S&P 500 and basically creates an

73:56

index of darkpool activity. So for free

73:59

on squeeze metrics, you can get a daily

74:02

recap of darkpool activity. And

74:05

typically whenever you see big peaks up

74:08

or down, they happen because some huge

74:11

market participants are whether buying a

74:13

lot of stocks or selling a lot of

74:15

stocks, which can be a crucial data

74:17

point because you understand that if

74:19

someone this big is joining the party or

74:21

quitting the party, then he might know

74:23

something you don't. And we might want

74:25

to be careful. It is not random that

74:27

these short peaks in the in the market

74:30

happen right before a big stock crash

74:33

and instead the high peaks happen right

74:36

before big bull runs. And this is one of

74:38

the indicators you get here. Another one

74:40

you get here which is very insightful is

74:42

the gam exposure. And the gam exposure

74:44

is to properly explain it. It takes a

74:47

little more knowledge on how options

74:49

work and we will do that in this video

74:50

because I truly want you to understand

74:52

it. But for now just know this. When the

74:54

gam exposure is in the purple level, we

74:57

typically expect volatility to compress

75:01

and when the gam exposure is in the

75:03

yellow area, we expect swings to be much

75:06

more volatile because of the hedging

75:09

flows of options market maker that I was

75:11

mentioning, but we'll get deep into how

75:13

that work later. Now, this is the chart

75:15

of the S&P 500 index or the S&P on

75:18

Trading View. Let's use the monthly

75:20

chart and set the chart on logarithmic

75:22

scale. Well, you can clearly see it has

75:25

a very clear direction. Let's put a line

75:27

chart and let's walk through a little

75:29

bit of the history behind it because

75:30

you're probably familiar with the stock

75:32

market bubble of 1929 and the following

75:35

stock market crash where the stock

75:37

market lost 85% of its value. This was a

75:41

clear example of a bare market

75:43

unfolding. a bare market where investors

75:46

who invested their money here basically

75:48

saw their value wiped out and had to

75:52

wait more than 20 years to see a profit.

75:55

But in general markets tend to go up and

75:58

sometimes a crash happens. This is the

76:00

crash of the '60s, the crash of 1966, of

76:03

1969 and the crash of the '7s. And

76:06

unlike the great recession of the 1930s,

76:09

all of these bare markets recovered

76:12

pretty quickly. And so the stock market

76:14

has this V-shaped reversals that happen

76:16

because people bought the dip, right?

76:19

Because we expect stocks to go high. And

76:21

when everyone panics, typically it's a

76:23

good time to buy. Another famous stock

76:25

market crash happened in 1987. In the

76:28

2000s because of the explosion of the

76:32

stock market.com bubble and then again

76:34

in 2008 during the housing crisis and

76:37

the great financial crisis. And then

76:39

other important bare markets happened in

76:41

2015. in 2018 and during COVID. Then we

76:44

had another bare market during the

76:45

inflation crisis of 2022. And the last

76:48

big buy the dip happened during the

76:50

Trump tariff war. And these are the main

76:52

things you need to know about the stock

76:54

market. And I would say the little

76:55

brother of the stock market is the

76:57

crypto market for sure because one of

76:59

the main drivers of crypto is risk

77:03

appetite. So in some way it is similar

77:06

to the stock market but it's completely

77:08

different because cryptocurrencies you

77:10

have the main one which is Bitcoin of

77:12

course which is a completely different

77:14

cryptocurrency for example than than

77:17

most of the other altcoin and the

77:18

drivers of cryptos are risk appetite and

77:21

purely growthbased. Some people might

77:24

say they are a valid alternative payment

77:26

method and for some things they are.

77:29

Some altcoins maybe could be better than

77:31

bitcoin as a payment method. Then you

77:33

have all the world of stable coins. And

77:36

for example, especially with Bitcoin, we

77:37

have seen a very consistent, even though

77:40

not always, but pretty consistent

77:42

correlation between the price of Bitcoin

77:45

and the price of stock indices such as

77:47

the S&P 500. They tend to move not the

77:50

same way, but a lot of the time they do

77:52

because of the fact that they're both

77:54

risk assets. But a lot of the investors

77:56

of Bitcoin or the traders of Bitcoin,

77:59

the holders or the hodlers truly believe

78:02

in Bitcoin. And so through time, Bitcoin

78:05

is likely to become not just a risky

78:08

asset, but treat it almost like a

78:10

digital form of gold, so a store of

78:13

value. Most altcoins, I would say 80% of

78:16

the altcoins are mostly attractive to

78:20

gamblers. And with altcoins, there's a

78:22

lot of insider trading. You could trade

78:24

them with market sentiment because the

78:26

cool thing about cryptos is they're more

78:28

transparent than most market thanks to

78:29

the blockchain which is mostly public.

78:32

So you can follow the trades of all

78:34

market participants, the big ones and

78:36

the small ones with a very high level of

78:39

detail and do the so-called onchain

78:41

analysis. And specifically with

78:43

altcoins, meme coins are the favorite

78:46

tool for pump and dump schemes from

78:47

scammers, influencers, and even

78:49

politicians at time where they pump

78:51

price up, they sell before anyone else

78:54

can, and then they lose all of their

78:56

value because they have no intrinsic

78:58

value whatsoever. So while with Bitcoin

79:01

and also other altcoins such as XRP or

79:04

even Ethereum, you could argue that

79:06

there is some level of intrinsic value,

79:08

with memecoins, it's just a pure

79:10

lottery. It's pure casino and some

79:12

people might get lucky, some people

79:14

might not. Or some people might be aware

79:16

that is a casino and place themselves

79:18

smartly on the right side. There's a lot

79:20

of successful traders of meme coins that

79:23

simply take advantage of the dump money

79:25

there and take smart decisions instead.

79:27

But this is not going to be part of this

79:30

course that we're doing. Even though for

79:31

more liquid cryptocurrencies like

79:33

Bitcoin, you could use roughly the same

79:36

models of the liquidity auction theory

79:37

because there's a lot of big

79:39

participants now involved and now ETFs

79:41

are involved and there is more and more

79:43

institutional interest in Bitcoin and it

79:46

will likely keep rising in the future.

79:47

But for sure this is a market worth

79:49

mentioning as one of the types of

79:50

financial markets. The next market is

79:52

the commodities market. for example,

79:54

oil, natural gas, or even water or

79:57

cocoa, coffee, live cattle, even orange

80:00

juice, wood, cotton, copper, lithium,

80:03

sugar, and so on and so forth. All of

80:05

these commodities of prime materials

80:08

that are used to then produce other

80:10

stuff. They're the basics to create

80:13

other products. We will not get deep

80:14

into every single one of them now

80:16

because it would be a very, very long

80:18

video. It's already pretty long. But

80:20

they mostly revolve around expectations

80:22

around supply and demand. These are the

80:25

main fundamentals of each market. So for

80:27

example for oil there are producers that

80:30

are the supply and the global industry

80:32

which is the demand. So for oil the

80:35

supply can be the OPEC plus countries.

80:38

Big producers is the US, Russia and

80:41

Canada. So the global supply is the

80:44

producers of oil. The demand is the

80:48

global industry as oil is used in every

80:52

possible industry whatsoever. So the

80:54

expectations around how much production

80:57

of oil there will be and how much demand

80:59

there will be because of for example how

81:02

well the global manufacturing industry

81:04

is likely to be active in producing new

81:07

stuff. These are the main drivers that

81:09

drive oil prices. And for example, we

81:11

have seen a lot of volatility in oil in

81:14

many instances throughout history where

81:15

there was a supply shock. So this is the

81:17

chart of oil. And for example, in 1973

81:21

during a war that exploded in the Middle

81:23

East that and remember this was a period

81:25

of time where most of the global oil

81:27

supply was Arab countries, Iran decided

81:30

to stop oil production and stop

81:31

supplying oil and that created not one

81:34

but two oil shocks where price simply

81:37

exploded creating if we take the

81:40

inflation rate and put it on top we can

81:42

see these two big waves of inflation

81:44

that were caused by this shock in the

81:47

prices of oil And this was all a supply

81:50

shock. Then also during ' 07 there was

81:52

this huge also speculative move in the

81:55

price of oil that then dropped

81:57

drastically because of the global

81:59

financial crisis where we would expect

82:01

the demand of oil to radically get

82:03

lower. Same thing happened during COVID

82:05

where all the world shut down. So the

82:07

expected demand of oil dropped

82:10

significantly and drove traders and

82:12

investors and hedggers to basically sell

82:14

oil and even go below zero at some point

82:17

because if everything's closed, there's

82:19

no transportation, there's no

82:21

production, that's a shock in the demand

82:24

of oil. So supply shocks and demand

82:26

shocks are the main driver. For example,

82:28

during 2021 2022, because of the war,

82:31

both oil prices and natural gas prices

82:34

had a huge supply shock. And that all

82:36

happened because of the expectations

82:38

around the supply and the demand of that

82:40

asset. The same thing happens with

82:41

natural gas with all of these for

82:43

example CCOA where when you see this you

82:45

could think this is basically a

82:47

cryptocurrency but what happened here

82:48

was a shock in prices caused by

82:51

unexpected weather condition in the

82:53

countries that are the highest producers

82:55

of cocoa and that drove prices up

82:58

significantly. And this is basically the

83:00

driver behind commodities. And the

83:02

participants of this market are big

83:05

companies that use these commodities to

83:07

produce and they are the demand usually

83:10

and big producers. And they are a big

83:12

part a big portion of the volume because

83:14

for example they hedge the risk of

83:16

prices increases suddenly through

83:18

futures contract which you know it's the

83:20

most common type of contract to trade

83:22

commodities in even though also here you

83:24

can find options, CFDs etc. But futures

83:27

are the main one. And the reason why

83:29

participants engage in trading

83:31

commodities is also because of hedging.

83:33

But also there's a lot of speculation.

83:36

So also you have big and small

83:38

speculator as one of the significant

83:41

participants in this market. But in

83:43

general, I would suggest you if you want

83:44

to be a commodities trader to study the

83:46

fundamentals of each market one by one.

83:49

Take your time and truly understand what

83:51

is influencing the supply and what is

83:53

influencing the demand. And of course

83:55

even here the constant and as you will

83:57

see it's the constant in all market is

83:59

macroeconomic conditions because if the

84:01

overall economy is going really slow oil

84:04

prices might fall and so on and so forth

84:06

and especially for stuff like oil global

84:09

international conflicts and geopolitical

84:12

dynamics are a huge influence. And the

84:15

next big important market is precious

84:17

metals such as gold and silver and they

84:20

are technically commodities but they

84:23

deserve a category of their own. And

84:25

together with the bond market and the

84:29

forex market before explaining you the

84:32

fundamentals I cannot explain you the

84:34

fundamentals of these markets without

84:37

explaining you how monetary policies

84:39

work and how money creation works. what

84:42

is inflation and laying down some basics

84:45

of macroeconomics. So the next step is

84:48

macroeconomics and one video is not

84:51

enough to properly explain you

84:53

everything there everything that someone

84:54

should know about macroeconomics but I

84:57

will try my best to summarize the best

84:59

and most crucial information for traders

85:01

specifically because the sentiment of

85:03

the market around macroeconomics is one

85:06

of the main drivers of all sorts of

85:09

markets. So, it's really important to

85:11

know if you want to become a

85:12

professional trader. When we're talking

85:13

about macroeconomics,

85:15

we mostly talk about the economics of

85:19

big systems such as nations or the

85:22

global economy. And whenever we're

85:24

talking about macroeconomics, when we

85:26

talk about the economy, we have what

85:29

exactly do we mean? How do we measure

85:31

how the macroeconomic landscape or the

85:34

current economic scenario the current

85:36

economic status let's say we imagine the

85:39

economy as being a person if a person is

85:42

healthy or unhealthy we have some key

85:45

metrics some data points that we need to

85:47

kind of connect to understand if a

85:49

person is healthy or not right the same

85:50

thing we do with an economy and the most

85:53

obvious metrics are GDP which is the

85:57

gross and by gross it doesn't mean it's

86:00

and disgusting. It means it's not net.

86:02

The gross domestic product and the gross

86:05

domestic product basically takes into

86:07

account how much in dollar terms a

86:10

nation is able to produce. What's the

86:13

output of the economy including how much

86:16

investment there is, expenses there are,

86:19

import, export, everything that relates

86:21

to the wealth that the nation was able

86:24

to output in a single year. Typically,

86:26

for example, now the GDP of the United

86:29

States is above $30 trillion. And other

86:33

important metrics in macroeconomics is

86:36

employment. And the current status of

86:38

employment in a nation can be understood

86:41

with something called the unemployment

86:43

rate, which is the percentage of the

86:46

labor force that is not currently

86:48

employed. Another important metric in

86:50

employment is job openings. So is there

86:53

new job offers being open? Because also

86:56

the employment works with supply and

86:59

demand, the supply being the workers and

87:01

the demand being the businesses asking

87:03

for labor. And another important metrics

87:06

for example is new monthly payrolls. So

87:09

were there new people employed this

87:12

month in an economy? And we can see this

87:14

for example in the US with the ADP

87:16

report or with the NFP, the non-farm

87:19

payrolls, right? The next important

87:21

metric is for sure inflation and the

87:24

current unemployment rate in the US is

87:26

around 4% which is not much. Anything

87:29

above 4% indicating a not so healthy

87:32

economy because if people has no jobs

87:35

they buy less. So consumer spending

87:38

declines, business revenues decline and

87:41

so businesses will have to lay off

87:44

workers which will bring this even

87:46

higher and bring more unemployment to

87:48

the nation for example. Right? So

87:50

probably since Kanes which is one of the

87:52

greatest economists of the last century

87:53

we've understood that achieving maximum

87:56

employment in a country and we keep

87:58

people spending money will make everyone

88:02

earn more money and have an overall

88:04

stable growth in the economy. The second

88:07

or third most important macroeconomical

88:10

metric in an economy is for sure

88:12

inflation. And what inflation is growth

88:15

in consumer prices. Let's say for

88:18

example a coffee now costs $5. If next

88:22

[snorts] year the prices of the same

88:24

coffee is $55,

88:27

that's a 1% increase in prices or a 1%

88:32

inflation rate for the prices of coffee,

88:35

right? And you have multiple metrics for

88:37

inflation. For example, in the US, and

88:39

we're mostly talking about the US

88:41

because it's the one with the most

88:43

amount of data and the amount of

88:45

transparency with economic data compared

88:47

to the rest of the world. We're not

88:48

saying it's perfect, but it's probably

88:50

the best one. We have different metrics

88:52

for inflation. The first and most famous

88:54

one is the CPI or the consumer price

88:58

index. And for example, I can look for

89:00

US CPI, United States consumer price

89:03

index. And I can clearly see that prices

89:06

mostly go up. Okay. And you can clearly

89:09

understand here if prices go up which

89:13

means that with $5 I was able to buy one

89:15

coffee. Now $5 are taking me 0.95

89:20

coffees. Right? So an increase in prices

89:24

means that the value of the money is

89:27

actually going lower. So actually if I

89:30

divide one by the US CPI, so one over

89:35

CPI, I get and maybe I put it in

89:38

percentage terms, I can see that over

89:40

the last 75 years, the US dollar lost

89:44

around 92% of its value. There's other

89:47

ways to calculate inflation. Another

89:49

pretty famous one and one of probably

89:51

the most realistic one is the PCE

89:55

or the personal consumption expenditures

89:59

which is a kind of more accurate

90:00

representation of inflation because

90:02

consumer prices just takes the prices of

90:05

apples, the prices of oranges and

90:08

averages out the overall inflation rate.

90:10

The personal consumption expenditure

90:11

instead takes into account the behavior

90:14

of consumers. So for example, if apples

90:17

are way more used by consumers and way

90:20

more common commonly bought by consumers

90:22

rather than oranges when then apples

90:25

will have a higher weight in the overall

90:27

calculation of the inflation rate. So

90:29

the personal consumption expenditures

90:31

takes into account consumer's behavior.

90:33

So it's a kind of more accurate

90:35

representation of how prices are

90:36

growing. But as you can see this is a

90:38

number, right? This is a number. This is

90:40

not a percentage term. Indeed, both the

90:43

CPI and the PCE are typically expressed

90:46

in yearoveryear

90:48

increase. So, how much did inflation

90:51

increase over the last year? By the way,

90:54

also the gross domestic product is

90:56

typically measured in year-over-year

90:58

growth rate. So, here we're talking

91:00

about the GDP growth rate yearover-year

91:04

or even quarter over quarter. And here

91:07

we talk about not inflation but the

91:10

inflation rate year-over-year or quarter

91:12

over quarter. In fact, if I write USI,

91:15

so US inflation rate R year over year, I

91:20

get this chart instead, which basically

91:23

is measuring the speed of US CPI. And as

91:26

you can see, the steepness of this blue

91:29

curve is pretty stable. It's not really

91:31

vertical, and the inflation rate is

91:33

here. But as soon as the speed of this

91:36

line rising goes higher here we measure

91:39

the speed basically the rate of change

91:42

of this particular economic data. So

91:44

when it rises fast the inflation rate is

91:46

high because it's comparing this to

91:48

maybe this. So one year prior and as

91:51

soon as prices tend to flatten you can

91:53

see the inflation rate goes down. And a

91:55

high inflation is typically very problem

91:58

problematic because it consumes wealth

92:01

especially from poor people especially

92:03

from the middle class especially from

92:05

consumers and it's very bad in the

92:07

economy. Typically an inflation around

92:10

2% is considered healthy because let's

92:13

say the GDP is growing by 2%. If the

92:16

economy grows by 2% it's fair to expect

92:19

an inflation rate of 2% because yes the

92:23

economy grows there's more money into

92:25

the economy more money has being spent

92:27

by consumers and if consumers spend

92:31

prices of goods gets higher. So if

92:33

inflation is driven by consumer spending

92:37

it's typically healthy and will stay

92:40

around a healthy range of 2%. But let's

92:42

say for example that oil prices in

92:45

suddenly increase. Look at what happens

92:47

to inflation. Yeah, that's exactly what

92:49

happens. And you can see a clear pattern

92:51

here, right? Boom in oil prices, big

92:53

wave of inflation. Boom in oil prices,

92:55

big wave of inflation again. And these

92:58

were the wars in the Middle East and the

92:59

oil shocks. And here you have oil prices

93:02

getting really low, inflation dropping

93:04

down, boom in oil prices, war in

93:06

Ukraine, inflation going up. These booms

93:08

of inflation did not come because of an

93:11

increased consumer spending but because

93:13

of global conflicts. So these are what

93:16

we also call hard data. But there is

93:18

also soft data. And soft data are mostly

93:23

surveys such as business sentiment

93:26

surveys such as the PMI, the purchasing

93:28

managers index, which basically tracks

93:31

how confident are businesses, how much

93:34

products or commodities they're

93:35

warehousing, if they're investing in new

93:37

productions, if they're hiring more

93:39

people, blah blah blah. And also talking

93:41

about businesses, another type of

93:43

inflation is the PPI, which is the

93:46

producers price index. So if the

93:49

consumer price index is based on prices

93:52

that consumers pay for while buying

93:56

groceries, while buying new car, buying

93:58

a new house, producer prices instead

94:00

measure the inflation that businesses

94:03

feel that businesses pay for. And

94:05

typically inflation will first hit

94:07

producers and then consumers. Because if

94:10

oil prices go up first, the businesses

94:13

will have higher costs for production

94:14

and then those higher costs will be

94:17

reflected into the consumer prices. So

94:19

if for example you add US PPI

94:22

year-over-year, you'll also tend to see

94:24

a pattern where typically producer

94:26

prices peak before consumer prices do,

94:29

they drop before they do, they rise

94:32

before these do. So they tend to have

94:34

some level of predictive effect

94:36

understandably. And now that we know the

94:39

main metrics of an economy, there's way

94:41

more by the way. I'm just summarizing

94:43

the most important ones. We now need to

94:45

understand macroeconomic cycles. Now, in

94:47

order to understand the macroeconomic

94:50

cycles, we first need to understand how

94:51

money is created. Right? In the early

94:53

stages of our civilization, people used

94:55

to trade goods and services in exchange

94:58

for goods and services. So, hey, here I

95:01

have five apples. Give me 10 potatoes in

95:03

exchange. And they would exchange this.

95:05

Then this thing evolved to exchanging

95:08

goods for some more measurable units of

95:11

some stuff to make trade easier. For

95:13

example, pounds of rice or pounds of

95:17

salt. Something measurable that is easy

95:19

to use as a currency to buy from others

95:22

goods and services. And then they

95:24

started using coins made of precious

95:26

metals such as gold, silver, copper,

95:29

because they were a much more easily

95:30

measurable unit. So if I want to buy two

95:33

oranges, that's going to cost you three

95:35

coins. And so precious metals became the

95:37

currency. But then carrying around huge

95:40

amounts of gold became sort of

95:42

dangerous, right? So Jewish people

95:43

invented banks, places which basically

95:46

said, "Hey, we are going to keep your

95:49

money safe." So people started

95:50

depositing gold into banks and in

95:53

exchange for the gold, the bank would

95:55

release something known as a bank note.

95:58

the note of the bank. It was basically

96:00

an I an I owe you. So whenever you want

96:03

your gold back, you just give me back

96:04

this bank note. I know it's yours and

96:06

I'll give you your coins, your gold

96:08

coins back. But then since banks started

96:10

having a lot of money that was sitting

96:12

there for no reason and they realized

96:14

that people were not often coming and

96:16

picking all of that money up, they used

96:17

to keep it there as savings. So they

96:19

started thinking, hey, it doesn't make

96:20

sense that I keep all of this money. I

96:22

can start for example lending it and

96:24

earn an interest rates and only keep in

96:26

the bank what I am confidently sure

96:28

people will come and ask for for their

96:30

daily expenses and the rest of the money

96:32

I will just put it to work and basically

96:34

lend it to someone else. And gradually

96:36

banks started issuing more bank notes

96:39

even though they did not really have all

96:40

of that gold to back all of those

96:42

banknotes because they just cared of

96:44

earning an interest rate counting

96:46

counting on the fact that the money then

96:47

would be given back. And this is the way

96:49

fractional reserve banking was born. And

96:51

up until 1971, you could still somewhat

96:54

exchange your bank notes for gold at any

96:57

bank. This era was called the gold

97:00

standard. You could exchange your money

97:02

for gold or silver. But gradually

97:04

throughout the 20th century,

97:05

specifically 1971, the world decided to

97:07

abandon the gold standard and decide

97:09

that money itself was the currency even

97:12

though it was not backed by gold. And

97:13

that was the birth of the fiat currency

97:16

system. And fiat is a Latin word that

97:19

means faith. That's why it's also called

97:21

fiduciary currency because we all trust

97:24

that these dollars or euros or yens have

97:27

intrinsic value because we all agree on

97:30

it. But they're just pieces of paper.

97:31

They don't really have value. They have

97:33

value because we all have faith in it in

97:35

its value. We trust the value of money

97:37

because other people will accept it to

97:39

exchange for goods and services. It

97:41

started even earlier but in 1971 when it

97:44

really became the only way of creating

97:46

new money. Money was not created through

97:47

gold. money was not created through

97:49

anything to back it up other than debt.

97:52

So for example, a government would go to

97:54

the central bank and the central bank is

97:57

in charge of printing money and deciding

97:59

monetary policy. The government would

98:01

issue a IOU or a debt security also

98:07

known as a government bond for let's say

98:10

$100,000 and the central bank will print

98:12

$100,000 lend it to the government. The

98:15

government will give the bond to the

98:17

central bank will pay an interest on

98:20

this loan basically to the central bank

98:22

and lastly give the money back. The debt

98:25

doesn't exist anymore and also the money

98:27

is canceled basically. Or with a normal

98:29

bank a person who needs money will ask

98:32

for a loan. The bank will create money

98:35

out of thin air, loan it to the person

98:37

that will have a debt that will owe a

98:40

debt to the bank, will pay an interest

98:43

to the bank, and then give the money

98:45

back. The money is canceled, the debt

98:47

doesn't exist anymore, and the bank has

98:49

earned interest rates. And that's how

98:51

money is created. Money is created in

98:53

central banks and in the commercial

98:55

banks out of thin air through the debt

98:58

system. And because this system is in

99:00

place, new money is created through

99:03

debt. And since a debt will have to be

99:06

repaid, we have cycles in the economy.

99:08

Because if now I can spend this, but

99:11

through debt, I'm able to spend more. So

99:14

because of debt, at first I can spend

99:16

more than I earn, but then I'll have to

99:18

use part of my earnings to give back and

99:21

to pay the debt. So I will have to spend

99:23

less. And this cycle of a lot of

99:26

spending at first, a lot of wealth and

99:29

perceived wellness at first will result

99:32

later in having to spend less blah blah

99:34

blah. And this does not happen just to

99:36

people. It happens to the economy

99:38

overall. So if we plot on a chart the

99:40

GDP of a nation through time in an

99:43

economy without debt, the only way to

99:46

increase GDP, which basically means to

99:49

increase productivity, is with

99:51

technological innovation. And for

99:52

example with a strong demography. So if

99:55

technological innovation and strong

99:57

demography contributes to an increase in

99:59

productivity that's what we call

100:01

structural growth because there's more

100:03

people working and we can increase the

100:05

production increase productivity and

100:06

increase the economic output in a

100:09

system. But through the debt system, I

100:11

can input more money, more gasoline into

100:14

the economy and basically the economy

100:16

can grow at a much higher pace at least

100:18

at first because people and businesses

100:20

and governments will ha will ask for

100:23

loans and they will be able to spend

100:25

more and that will increase the economic

100:27

activity and the economic output because

100:29

if we have more money we can make more

100:31

stuff, people can spend more and the GDP

100:34

grows and this is called a leveraged

100:36

growth because it's growing through the

100:39

leverage of debt. But at some point

100:42

businesses, individuals and governments

100:44

will have to pay back that loan. And so

100:46

there will be a phase that in economy is

100:48

called deleveraging. And then at some

100:50

point people will start getting into

100:52

debt a little more and that will fuel a

100:54

new phase of leverage growth followed by

100:57

a phase of deleveraging. And we create

100:59

cycles in the economy. The stages where

101:01

the economy grows are also called

101:04

expansions that is normally followed by

101:07

a slowdown until we reach a peak

101:10

followed by a phase of contraction and

101:12

then a phase of recession. For example,

101:14

this is the chart of the GDP of the USA.

101:17

And you can see there's been some

101:18

instances of cycles, but it still tend

101:21

to go up, right? In 2008, we had a clear

101:23

example of deleveraging just like the

101:25

one we had in 1989. Pretty similar. And

101:27

there is two cycles. This is called the

101:30

big cycle that happens every 75 to 100

101:32

years. And then you have smaller inner

101:35

cycles of ups and down in the economy.

101:38

These are the shortterm debt cycles. And

101:41

especially the short-term debt cycles

101:43

are basically driven by central banks

101:46

and their monetary policies. And central

101:48

banks basically manage monetary policy

101:52

including interest rates and open market

101:55

operations such as quantitative easing

101:58

or tightening. I will explain them now

102:00

but just know first that they use

102:02

monetary policies to keep stable prices

102:05

aka an inflation rate below 2% and keep

102:09

maximum employment which means a low

102:11

unemployment rate. even though they

102:12

don't have a specific target. Anything

102:14

above 4% 5% can start to be a little too

102:17

much for an economy like the US right

102:19

now. So in their constitution their goal

102:22

needs to be st price stability and

102:25

maximum employment inflation rate below

102:26

2% and low unemployment. And how they

102:29

manage to do this is by playing with

102:32

these two things interest rate decisions

102:34

and open market operations. But before

102:36

we dive in deep into interest rates,

102:38

just know this video is taking me days

102:40

to make and it's taken me years to learn

102:42

all of this stuff. So, I would

102:43

appreciate you to leave a like to help

102:45

me out with the algorithm. Now, what are

102:47

interest rates? Well, we all know

102:48

interest rates. For example, if you ask

102:50

a loan to a bank, they will, let's say,

102:52

loan you $100,000 plus 5% interest rate,

102:55

which means on those 100,000, every year

102:58

you have to pay 5%. Which means that on

103:01

those $100,000 loan you take, you have

103:03

to pay 5% annual interest rate on that

103:07

100,000, which for example in one year

103:08

is going to be $5,000, right? But

103:11

specifically the interest rates that the

103:13

central banks are setting, they are

103:15

overnight interest rates on interbank

103:18

deposits specifically. So for example,

103:20

you have bank A, you have bank B and

103:23

then you have the Fed, the Federal

103:25

Reserve, which is the central bank of

103:26

the United States. So why is it

103:28

overnight interest rates on interbank

103:29

deposits? Because basically sometimes

103:32

bank A at the end of the day might have

103:34

some extra cash, some extra reserves. So

103:36

he will basically loan that deposit to

103:39

bank B overnight. So the interest rate

103:42

at which this transaction happen is

103:44

always within a range defined by the

103:46

Federal Reserve. In this case, they're

103:48

called the federal funds rates. And the

103:51

same thing happen if for example the

103:53

banks are choosing to deposit that money

103:55

overnight to the Federal Reserve and the

103:57

Federal Reserve will pay these banks an

103:59

interest rate. This is also called the

104:01

IORB or interest on reserve balances or

104:05

it can also happen the Federal Reserve

104:07

will lend some reserves of cash to bank

104:10

A or bank B and then the bank will have

104:13

to pay the discount rate and these are

104:15

typically on a range of 0.25 basis

104:18

points. For example, the target federal

104:21

fund rates could be between 4 and 4.25%.

104:25

So the Federal Reserve sets the target

104:27

of the interbank federal fund rates. So

104:29

interest rates that banks make between

104:31

each other somewhere in between the

104:33

discount rate and the interest on

104:35

reserves. And if I open the Fed funds

104:37

chart, this is the history of the

104:39

Federal Reserve interest rates. And as

104:41

you can see during the last year, for

104:42

example, during COVID, they dropped them

104:44

significantly up to the point where it

104:46

was zero. And then when inflation came

104:49

up after the COVID, they rose interest

104:51

rates. This is also known as the hiking

104:53

cycles where they hike rates. And now

104:55

we're in a phase of lowering interest

104:57

rates. And as you can see, this happens

105:00

in cycles. Similar to what we said are

105:03

the economic cycles that the economy

105:06

goes through. And the Fed decides to

105:08

either hike or cut interest rates for

105:11

one main reason, which is to incentivize

105:14

access to credit. So they cut interest

105:16

rates to incentivize access to credit.

105:19

This way if the target rates of the

105:21

federal fund rates are at 0% if an

105:24

individual goes to the bank and asks for

105:26

a loan, the interest rates on this loan

105:30

will likely be closer to 0%. While if

105:32

the interest rates are high, this is

105:34

disincentivizing people to ask for

105:37

loans. So since the interest rates are

105:39

high, it's less convenient to ask for a

105:41

loan if the interest rates are are at

105:44

5%. rather than 0%. And at the end of

105:47

the day, the federal fund rates or any

105:50

central bank's interest rates are

105:51

nothing more than the cost of creating

105:54

new money. Because as we said, whenever

105:56

there's a loan, new money is created. So

105:58

following its dual mandate to keep

106:01

stable prices and maximum employment, we

106:03

can already understand that if inflation

106:06

is super high because people are

106:08

spending a lot, maybe hiking interest

106:10

rates will disincentivize people to ask

106:13

for loans. they will consume less, they

106:15

will buy less, the overall economic

106:17

activity will be shrunk and this can

106:19

lead to a drop in inflation. Or if their

106:22

goal is to keep maximum employment and

106:25

suddenly the unemployment rises because

106:27

there's a recession coming in, the

106:28

central bank might drop interest rate so

106:31

that people are more incentivized to

106:33

leverage and take on new loans. More

106:36

money will be created. So there will be

106:37

an expansion in the money supply. Hence

106:39

in the economy as well, companies will

106:41

start hiring more and the unemployment

106:43

rate will go down again. Let's view that

106:45

in a cycle. Let's draw our GDP chart in

106:48

our macro cycle and let's say we are

106:50

just coming out of a period of

106:52

recession. At this point in this period

106:55

of time, it's very likely that the

106:57

employment is low or the unemployment is

106:59

really high. People don't have a lot of

107:01

jobs. The economy is [ __ ] So the Fed

107:03

will intervene by lowering interest

107:05

rates. This will cause economic activity

107:07

to pick up and eventually to expand

107:10

because people take on more debt blah

107:12

blah blah and the economy grows, right?

107:13

But it can come up to a point where the

107:16

economy is doing so good that inflation

107:18

starts being the problem instead. And

107:19

when inflation start being the problem,

107:21

that's where they hike interest rates.

107:23

And that will typically slow down

107:25

economic activity because people will

107:27

have less loans. The cost of previous

107:29

debt will rise and that will lead to a

107:32

contraction in economic activity. and

107:35

sometimes to a recession. And the second

107:37

thing they can do is so-called open

107:38

market operation or quantitative

107:40

tightening or easing. And this is a more

107:43

complicated mechanism that is often not

107:45

understood when studying monetary

107:47

policies. Most people would just call

107:49

this money printing, but it's not that

107:51

easy. But in order to understand how

107:53

open market operations work, we need to

107:55

first understand how a balance sheet

107:58

works. For example, if you go here and

108:00

you write WCL,

108:03

you have the balance sheet of the

108:04

Federal Reserve Bank. And you can see

108:07

that their balance sheet is sometimes

108:10

expanding, sometimes contracting,

108:12

sometime expanding, sometimes

108:13

contracting, sometime huge expansions

108:16

followed by a contraction. So you also

108:18

see this idea of a cycle here, right?

108:20

But let's first understand what it is.

108:22

The balance sheet of let's say a

108:24

company. It's basically a summary an

108:26

accounting sheet of all the company's

108:29

assets and liabilities and that

108:32

basically helps us understand the

108:34

financial situation of the company.

108:36

Typically in the assets you will have if

108:38

they have for example any machinery or

108:40

some intellectual property rights for

108:42

example trademark or patents or lands

108:45

any type of assets or maybe software

108:47

that's part of their assets. And let's

108:49

say for example this amounts to $1,000.

108:52

And then you have cash which is an

108:54

asset. You have bank accounts balances.

108:58

So bank balances and other forms of cash

109:01

for a total of let's say $500. And on

109:03

the liabilities side you have capital

109:06

contributions from the owner who for

109:08

example he is the one who have bought

109:09

the machinery have the IP rights and

109:12

owns the software. So that's the $1,000.

109:15

Then in the liabilities you typically

109:17

have the profit which could be let's say

109:19

$200 and also debt. And let's say the

109:23

company has a debt of $300 because maybe

109:26

out of those $500 they have in cash,

109:29

200s comes from the profit that the

109:31

company made that year. And that profit

109:33

is in the liabilities because it's

109:36

actually money that has to be given back

109:38

to the owner through dividends. The

109:40

capital contribution is some sort of a

109:42

debt to the owner himself. And the debt

109:44

is simply a debt to someone else, maybe

109:46

a bank or an investor. But the point is

109:49

assets and liabilities always balance.

109:51

So, you're always going to have $1,500

109:53

here and $1,500 here. And for example,

109:56

when you do the fundamental analysis of

109:59

a stock, you typically take a look at

110:01

the composition of the balance sheet.

110:03

How much of that is debt, how much is

110:05

capital contribution, how much liquidity

110:08

they have compared to how much debt they

110:09

have. And so this thing called balance

110:11

sheet is basically a summary of the

110:14

financial situation of the company. And

110:15

the total assets is always evening out

110:18

with the total liabilities. Let's do now

110:20

the balance sheet of a bank. A balance

110:21

sheet of a bank will look something like

110:23

this. You will have reserves of

110:25

liquidity or cash for let's say a

110:28

th00and loans to businesses or to

110:31

individuals. So basically money that

110:33

other people owns the bank which is a

110:36

credit for the bank. So it goes into the

110:38

assets and for example they will have

110:41

securities such as bonds, stocks and so

110:45

on for let's say another $1,000 and the

110:47

total will be $3,000. And in the

110:49

liabilities instead they will have of

110:51

course the owner's equity. So the

110:53

capital of the owner can who for example

110:56

can be $15 $1,500. And then they have

110:59

all the deposits from people and from

111:01

businesses. All the money that they are

111:03

holding in the bank for other people or

111:06

for other businesses that is basically a

111:08

debt to everyone else, right? The money

111:10

they hold for other people. And let's

111:12

say that's also 1,500. And also here the

111:14

balance checks out 3,000 3,000. Now

111:17

let's see the balance sheet of the

111:18

Federal Reserve or the central bank.

111:20

This is the central bank's balance

111:22

sheet. It can be for example the Federal

111:24

Reserve banks. And typically in their

111:26

assets you will see securities mostly in

111:29

the form of government bonds. As you

111:31

remember a bond is basically an IOU a

111:34

debt that the government has and it's

111:36

part of their assets because the

111:38

government owes the money that it's

111:40

written on those bonds. Right? Then in

111:42

the asset class they have loans. So

111:45

money or reserves that they have loaned

111:47

to let's say banks they will have

111:49

typically some reserves of foreign

111:52

exchange currencies that sometimes

111:54

central banks use to influence the forex

111:56

market and kind of rebalance the

111:58

exchange rates at times. And then they

112:00

have gold reserves which is something

112:02

that central banks in the last few years

112:04

have been absolutely hungry about. In

112:06

the liabilities they have money

112:08

specifically currency so banknotes and

112:10

coins that are circulating in the

112:12

economy. They all come from the Federal

112:14

Reserve Bank. Then at times they have

112:16

something called the reverse repo

112:17

facility which we'll not get deep into

112:19

now. And then they hold the bank account

112:21

for the government. So the US Treasury

112:23

general account which you can also find

112:25

on Trading View. For example, if you

112:27

write Wre Gen Treasury General Account

112:30

and this is basically the current bank

112:32

account of the government at the Federal

112:34

Reserve. And then they have bank reserve

112:36

balances. Remember when I told you that

112:38

a bank deposits some bank reserves, some

112:41

liquidity, some cash at the Federal

112:43

Reserve? Well, that's it. So now you

112:45

have understood what is a balance sheet.

112:47

What's the composition for example of a

112:48

company balance sheet versus a bank's

112:50

balance sheet versus the central bank's

112:52

balance sheet. But how does this help us

112:55

into understanding how this WCL

112:59

is typically used in cycles of expansion

113:02

of the balance sheet and contraction of

113:04

the balance sheet? expansion and

113:06

contraction, also known as QE or

113:09

quantitative easing or QT, quantitative

113:12

tightening. In order to properly

113:14

understand that, we need to add another

113:16

concept into our map, a crucial concept

113:18

called interbank liquidity. Let's get

113:20

back to our initial drawing of a normal

113:23

bank loaning money to an individual.

113:25

Now, let's say this dude has $100,000

113:28

and deposits this money into his

113:30

checking account or savings account.

113:32

Now, by law, the bank is only required

113:36

to keep 2% of this money as reserve. So,

113:39

for example, $2,000 as a reserve and

113:43

basically use that 98,000

113:46

remaining to loan it out to some other

113:49

person that might need it. But these 98

113:51

are not actually taken from this guy's

113:54

money. They're basically created out of

113:56

thin air as soon as someone decides to

113:58

take it as a loan. So whenever someone

114:00

comes and asks a loan to a bank, the

114:03

bank will create new money out of thin

114:05

air based on based on the fact that they

114:08

just need a 2% reserve. This mechanism

114:10

is also called the fractional reserve

114:13

system. Then let's say this person takes

114:15

a loan take these 9 $98,000 and then

114:19

redeposits this money into the bank in

114:21

his bank account. Now, the bank will

114:23

only have to keep 2% of 98% which is

114:27

exactly $1,960

114:30

as a 2% reserve. The remaining money,

114:33

which is $96,40,

114:35

can be used as a loan to other

114:37

customers. That will again redeposit the

114:39

money and the cycle could continue

114:41

endlessly. And out of those $100,000

114:44

that initially were deposited into the

114:45

bank, a lot of new money can be created.

114:48

And of course this creates an expansion

114:50

of the overall money supply and this is

114:53

how new money basically is created in

114:55

the banking system in the private

114:56

banking system. But some of it stays

114:58

there this fractional reserve and they

115:01

keep only 2% because on average out of

115:04

all of the deposits that all of these

115:06

people made 2% is what is statistically

115:09

required if people goes to the bank and

115:12

for example withdraw some money at the

115:14

ATM let's say $100. So that 2% is only

115:17

there to make up for people going into

115:20

the ATM and withdrawing some of their

115:22

money. But if all of a sudden all of the

115:25

people went to the bank and wanted to

115:27

withdraw all of their money, they will

115:29

quickly find out that the bank does not

115:31

have it. This typically does not happen

115:33

very often, but when it happens, it can

115:35

create a great distress in the financial

115:38

system. This is for example what

115:39

happened in 2008 during the great

115:41

financial crisis. It's also what almost

115:44

happened in 2023 during the regional

115:46

bank crisis. So these bank reserves are

115:50

exactly what we saw here in the

115:52

liabilities of the balance sheet at the

115:54

Federal Reserve Bank. And so what

115:56

happened for example during 2008 is that

115:58

all of these people started asking money

116:00

to the banks but the banks only had some

116:03

reserves, some deposits and then they

116:06

had some securities. So they had some

116:09

assets such as bonds, such as stocks and

116:12

such as for example MBS's or mortgage

116:15

back securities. In the 2008 financial

116:18

crisis, it became clear that in the

116:20

average balance sheet of a bank, these

116:23

securities were not liquid enough, were

116:25

not high quality enough to eventually be

116:28

liquidated and sold back to the market

116:31

in case they needed to face a high

116:33

volume of withdrawals and run out of

116:36

reserves. So in 2008 a new law came to

116:39

life that required the banks to have a

116:41

better liquidity coverage ratio. So

116:44

basically this new rule, this new law on

116:46

the liquidity coverage ratio basically

116:48

meant that the reserve of highly liquid

116:51

high quality so with a good credit

116:53

rating assets or securities the ratio

116:56

between this part of the balance sheet

116:59

of a bank and the expected and the

117:01

expected outflow of cash in the next 30

117:05

days based on a stress test should be

117:08

equal or above 100%. And by reserve of

117:11

highly liquid assets or highquality

117:13

assets, we basically mean cash, central

117:16

bank reserves, government bonds or other

117:19

forms of bonds such as qualifying

117:21

corporate bonds rated AA minus or

117:23

higher. So even corporate bonds but with

117:25

a high credit rating based on the Basil

117:27

3 international framework. The total

117:30

amount of these assets should be equal

117:32

or more than 100% of the expected cash

117:35

flow in the next 30 days. This way, if

117:37

people start suddenly asking for all of

117:39

their money, the banks can quickly

117:41

liquidate some of their bonds, some of

117:43

their stocks, and eventually use some of

117:46

their reserves to let people withdraw

117:48

their money and not create a stress in

117:49

the financial system. But as we said in

117:51

2008 this was not there basically and

117:54

that's why the first really big

117:56

expansion in the Federal Reserve balance

117:58

sheet happened exactly the first great

118:01

quantitative easing movement happened

118:03

exactly in '08 during the financial

118:06

crisis. Another big boom, not a gradual

118:09

rise up, a big boom happened during the

118:12

COVID crash. And there was a little bump

118:14

that happened right when we were about

118:16

to see a regional banking crisis. And

118:19

all of these huge open market operations

118:22

that the Federal Reserve has implemented

118:24

was for example because of this type of

118:27

situation where there was a high

118:28

distress in the financial system. And so

118:30

what the central bank did was to

118:32

basically being a net purchaser of

118:34

government bonds so that the banks could

118:37

easily liquidate some of those

118:39

securities, sell it to the central banks

118:41

that would print bank reserves to pay

118:44

for these bonds so that the banks could

118:47

have enough reserves to let their

118:49

customers withdraw and being overall

118:51

financially stable. So what quantitative

118:53

easing does really is not printing money

118:56

is printing new bank reserve balances to

118:59

basically purchase bonds from the

119:01

interbank market to give banks more

119:04

reserves. So new bank reserves also

119:07

known as interbank liquidity is this.

119:10

That's it. So in phases of quantitative

119:12

easing the central bank is flooding the

119:14

market with liquidity with bank reserves

119:16

and purchasing government bonds. And the

119:19

opposite happens during quantitative

119:20

tightening where interbank liquidity and

119:22

reserves are not a problem anymore.

119:24

They're not in stress anymore. And so

119:26

the central bank is shrinking their

119:28

balance sheet instead. And there's also

119:30

two important phases. The quantitative

119:32

easing before it moves to quantitative

119:35

tightening. It has some sort of

119:36

slowdown. That's when we talk about

119:38

tapering because they taper the

119:41

quantitative easing. They slow it down.

119:42

or after a phase of quantitative

119:45

tightening they slow down and that's

119:47

also called a phase of tapering. So they

119:50

slow down the sales of these bonds. So

119:52

open market operation in general are

119:54

used to lubricate the financial system

119:57

to keep it liquid and to suppress bond

120:00

volatility. This is for example what

120:02

happened here during the COVID crash.

120:05

There was a huge problem in the

120:07

liquidity of government bonds and the

120:09

Federal Reserve stepped in and purchased

120:12

awful amount of government bonds that

120:14

basically no one wanted to buy to

120:16

suppress the volatility of the bond

120:18

market. So if interest rate, we could

120:20

say they have a more direct impact on

120:23

the economy. Open market operation,

120:25

quantitative easing and quantitative

120:26

tightening, they have an effect that is

120:28

more direct to the financial system to

120:30

be able to support the economy. So now

120:32

you've basically understood the core of

120:34

literally how money works from who

120:36

prints it to who manages it to who

120:39

actually gets it. So how do we

120:41

contextualize what we've learned now to

120:43

understand and possibly predict where is

120:47

the macroeconomic cycle going to go and

120:49

how is that going to affect all of the

120:51

different markets fundamentals so that

120:53

we can read them through the liquidity

120:55

auction theory with a macroeconomic

120:57

context. You could imagine, for example,

120:59

the economy as a car with Jerome Powell

121:02

driving and it has one foot on the

121:04

accelerator and one foot on the brake.

121:06

And let's say we're coming out from a

121:08

phase of recession. Typically, the

121:10

unemployment is up. Inflation is

121:13

typically low and the central bank at

121:15

this point typically cuts interest rates

121:18

very aggressively to stimulate the

121:20

economy and at the same time to

121:22

lubricate the financial system and

121:24

provide liquidity to the bond market.

121:26

They will also start quote unquote to

121:28

print money and expand their balance

121:31

sheet. So this is the balance sheet.

121:32

These are the interest rates in yellow.

121:34

We have inflation in blue and

121:36

unemployment in red. These are the two

121:38

economic metrics that the Federal

121:41

Reserve is taking care of. And these are

121:43

the two tools of monetary policies they

121:45

have. So because inflation is not a

121:46

problem, they have to deal with

121:48

unemployment and the fact that the

121:49

economy is really struggling. So in

121:51

order to make it pick it up, they will

121:53

lower interest rates. So people will be

121:55

more incentivized to take loans. So

121:57

people will take loans to invest in

121:59

their business to buy a car to buy a new

122:02

house which means that people will spend

122:04

more. The companies will earn more money

122:07

and they will be able to invest more for

122:09

example in hiring new people and this

122:12

can take the unemployment down and the

122:14

Federal Reserve is happy. So the economy

122:16

overall catches up. Typically the bank

122:18

will keep the interest rates sort of low

122:20

in this period and will sort of keep

122:22

this money printing this bank reserve

122:24

printing to facilitate the bond market

122:26

overall and it's likely that at some

122:28

point because of all this rising

122:30

economic activity people will buy more

122:33

stuff and stuff will hence cost more. So

122:36

inflation will start picking back up

122:38

slowly and whenever unemployment is not

122:41

a problem anymore because everything's

122:42

fine, everyone has a job, there's a 3%

122:45

unemployment, but then inflation start

122:48

rising. We're typically very close to

122:50

the peak of the cycle. The central banks

122:52

will have to hike interest rates because

122:54

now its problem is starting to be

122:57

inflation instead. Now employment is not

122:59

a problem anymore, but inflation is. So

123:02

because of overheat in the economy, the

123:04

prices start rising or maybe god forbids

123:06

a war starts in the Middle East and oil

123:09

prices explode up and so inflation

123:12

explodes as well. At this point, they

123:13

will hike interest rates and basically

123:16

tighten the economic conditions because

123:18

people will have higher interest rates

123:20

to pay on their loans. They will be less

123:21

incentivized to take on more debt. And

123:24

at the same time they will likely slow

123:26

down this expansion of the balance sheet

123:28

and slowly start printing less and less

123:31

bank reserves and actually start

123:33

shrinking their balance sheet. Normally

123:34

in history most of the times we've seen

123:37

a hiking cycle of the interest rates. We

123:40

have also seen some form of contraction

123:42

in the economy. This happens typically

123:44

after inflation has cooled down. But

123:47

this will slowly bring unemployment up.

123:50

And if we do indeed get into a state of

123:53

recession where the economy is really

123:55

really suffering and employment becomes

123:58

a problem again while inflation is not

124:01

anymore. That's where the cycle will

124:04

invert again and central banks will

124:06

start cutting rates very quickly and

124:08

start printing money again. This way the

124:10

economy can slowly rise back up and the

124:14

cycle continues. Now, let's take a look

124:16

at some historical examples by looking

124:18

at the S&P 500 and adding the Fed funds

124:21

rate, the inflation rate, and the

124:23

unemployment rate to truly see what

124:25

exactly happened. Let's use the same

124:27

colors we used in the drawing. Let's

124:30

start whenever we have a decent amount

124:31

of data. We see for example that in 1957

124:35

after a slow but sure rate hike because

124:39

of inflation starting to picking up and

124:41

reaching about 4%. After this rate hike

124:45

we had a burst in unemployment. So the

124:47

Federal Reserve decided to cut interest

124:49

rates. In the meantime inflation was not

124:51

a problem anymore. They kept rates low

124:53

and as soon as the unemployment rate was

124:56

not a problem anymore they slowly hiked

124:58

rates. Something similar happened in the

125:00

late60s when inflation picked up. So the

125:02

bank hiked interest rates and that

125:04

caused another recession and we see it

125:06

from the unemployment quickly going up,

125:08

inflation dumping down because of slower

125:11

economic activity. Hence the Federal

125:13

Reserves lowers interest rates again.

125:15

Then unemployment starts not being a

125:17

problem anymore, but inflation picks up

125:19

again and so the Fed hikes rates once

125:22

more and the inflation rate this time is

125:24

really really bad. So they hike interest

125:26

rates really really fast and that causes

125:29

another recession. Unemployment picking

125:31

up and because of this while

125:33

unemployment is picking up inflation

125:35

rate goes down because people don't

125:37

spend. So the prices of stuff goes lower

125:39

and they can afford to lower interest

125:41

rates instead. Keep them low for a

125:43

decent period of time to let all of this

125:45

recession to kind of cool off. And as

125:47

soon as the unemployment rate is not a

125:49

problem anymore, but inflation start to

125:51

picks up again. Boom. You have another

125:53

hiking cycle. After this other hiking

125:55

cycle, they had to drop rates because

125:57

they caused another recession and prices

126:00

dropping, but they didn't drop as fast

126:02

as they imagined. So, they had to rehike

126:04

interest rates, cause another recession,

126:06

and then prices eventually calmed down.

126:08

This was a big mess in the 1980s. A new

126:12

hiking rate happened during a new rise

126:14

in inflation in the 80s and the '90s,

126:16

and this hike again caused a new

126:18

recession with unemployment starting to

126:20

pick up. So the Fed had to cut interest

126:22

rates all over again, keep them pretty

126:24

low. Inflation was pretty much stable.

126:27

The unemployment rate was gradually

126:28

getting lower. Interest rates were

126:30

pretty much stable overall. And after a

126:33

hike, inflation started picking up

126:35

again. So the Fed hiked [snorts]

126:37

interest rates again. And that caused

126:38

another recession. This also happened in

126:40

this also happened at the same times

126:42

with a stock market bubble and then

126:44

again slowly inflation starting picking

126:46

up. So they hike interest rates and

126:49

boom, welcome to the 2008 financial

126:51

crisis. Big unemployment. So they cut

126:54

rates drastically. Inflation goes down.

126:56

And as soon as this is not a problem

126:58

anymore, they can finally start to

127:01

slowly rise interest rate again. So a

127:03

new hiking cycle begins. And here we

127:05

have the highest peak in history because

127:07

of COVID. So the Fed cuts interest

127:09

rates. Then unemployment is not a

127:11

problem anymore. Inflation picks back

127:13

up. So the Fed has to hike rates again.

127:15

then inflation is not a problem anymore.

127:17

Employment starts to be worrying the Fed

127:19

a little bit. So they start cutting

127:21

interest rates. So this is a cycle that

127:23

repeats eternally. And if you plot the

127:26

S&P 500 here, you will see that

127:29

financial markets feel this very deeply.

127:32

We typically see during hiking cycles a

127:34

lot of bare markets. For example, new

127:37

hiking cycle, the stock market drops

127:39

because it expects a recession that

127:42

after materializes. And again here new

127:45

hiking cycle stock market crash

127:47

recession coming again in the 80s quick

127:49

hiking cycles bare market again during a

127:52

new recession new hiking cycle.com

127:55

bubble burst recession new hiking cycle

127:58

market expects a recession which then

128:01

materializes same thing happened over

128:03

here during COVID. So you kind of start

128:05

understanding how the money flows in and

128:07

out of the stock market based based on

128:09

in which part of the economic cycle we

128:11

are. Or to be even more accurate, if

128:14

this is the representation of the cycle,

128:16

the stock market will try to anticipate

128:20

what the economy will do typically with

128:22

a time window of 6 to9 months. Because

128:26

all of the economic data that builds the

128:28

cycle is somewhat lagging because it's

128:31

coming month after month, quarter after

128:34

quarter. the market will try to place a

128:37

bet based on every single data point

128:39

from employment, inflation and for

128:42

example price in a recession before the

128:45

recession actually materializes. And

128:47

this is probably the most important

128:49

thing you need to understand when you

128:50

want to analyze or trade the market and

128:53

join long-term money flow trends based

128:56

on macro. You need to understand that

128:58

there's this lag and the markets are

129:00

very efficient behind the markets.

129:02

There's people with degrees in

129:05

macroeconomics. They have crazy

129:07

predictive models which sometimes work,

129:09

sometimes don't. So when we're starting

129:11

to study the macroeconomic cycles, this

129:13

is just one piece of the puzzle because

129:15

often times the data point that build

129:17

the current cycle might point towards

129:19

somewhere and sometimes financial

129:22

markets might go in a direction that

129:24

seem completely irrational and is not

129:26

actually matching your macro view. But

129:28

you have to understand that whoever is

129:29

placing billions of dollars might be

129:32

smarter than you and actually understand

129:34

macroeconomics better than you. That's

129:36

why we want to look not just at macro by

129:38

itself, but we want to understand the

129:41

macro sentiment. So by looking at price

129:44

and volume of financial markets, we can

129:47

understand what type of macroeconomic

129:49

scenario they believe will happen and

129:52

not just out of sheer belief but money

129:54

put on the table. So what is the market

129:56

betting the next 6 to9 months of economy

129:59

will look like? But now that we have

130:01

thoroughly understood how the macro

130:03

cycles work, what's the role of the

130:04

central bank in kind of driving and

130:07

facilitating the money flow in the real

130:10

economy through interest rate decisions

130:12

and through lubricating the financial

130:13

system through quantitative easing and

130:15

quantitative tightening. We pretty much

130:16

get the basics of macroeconomics. Then

130:18

there's a lot more data points that we

130:20

can look at, but I want to keep it

130:22

simple. There's it's already a lot of

130:23

stuff. I understand it. But I want to

130:24

keep it simple. We only have the only

130:26

thing I need you to worry about and the

130:27

only thing I need you to start caring

130:29

about is where's the employment going

130:31

and where is the inflation going and

130:33

always look at how the markets is

130:35

reacting to these news. Not just in the

130:37

short term, not just short-term price

130:39

action, but the days and the weeks

130:41

following some specific market data.

130:43

Now, let's have a throwback to the last

130:45

years. When COVID happened, the first

130:47

thing that the Federal Reserve did was

130:48

dropping interest rate at zero. Plus, if

130:51

we add the balance sheet of the Federal

130:53

Reserve, they were granting a lot of

130:55

liquidity in the financial system. And

130:56

when there's a lot of liquidity in

130:58

financial system, usually this

130:59

translates into a higher risk appetite

131:02

and stocks typically going higher. When

131:04

you have super low interest rates, a lot

131:06

of money printing, stocks just go up.

131:09

There's not much more to say. But as

131:11

soon as inflation rate started to pick

131:13

up, the Federal Reserve was telling us,

131:14

hey, this inflation is temporary. Don't

131:16

worry, guys. But then it started picking

131:18

up again and again and the market

131:20

started not believing the Federal

131:22

Reserve anymore and already started

131:24

pricing in the fact that the Fed will

131:26

eventually hike interest rates which

131:28

happened here in March April 2022. But

131:30

typically the Federal Reserve will

131:32

announce this way earlier. So as soon as

131:35

they started announcing a new hiking

131:37

cycle, typically a new hiking cycles

131:39

together with this high inflation

131:41

historically has always brought some

131:43

level of recession in the American

131:45

economy. And so the market already

131:47

started pricing in the fact that a new

131:50

recession will eventually start to

131:52

unfold and we had a new bare market. But

131:54

as soon as the inflation started running

131:57

really really low but at the same time

131:59

the unemployment rate was not moving was

132:02

just staying flat then the market

132:04

understood okay inflation is going down

132:06

no sign of recession seems to be

132:07

materializing. So they started buying

132:09

back up. So in this case, a bare market

132:11

was trying to price in a potential

132:15

recession that didn't happen. And then

132:17

you had probably one of the craziest

132:19

bull market that America and the US

132:22

stock market has ever seen. And during

132:24

this crazy bull market, which was also

132:26

fueled by the what people call the AI

132:28

bubble, these big candles that you see

132:30

here all happened during news releases.

132:33

So whenever a new data of for example

132:36

inflation data or NFP data came out you

132:39

would see these booms in prices boom and

132:42

it was not just a one-time volatility

132:44

but these news were eventually drivers

132:47

of trend. So the sentiment of the market

132:49

around macroeconomics is what ultimately

132:52

drives the long-term trend. And the same

132:54

thing by the way was happening whenever

132:56

there was a news release maybe around

132:58

inflation that was not particularly

133:01

positive. For example, here we had one

133:03

we had another inflation data coming out

133:05

here worse than expected and inflation

133:07

was going crazy, right? And so price

133:09

dropped significantly and it was not

133:11

just a news release that faded. So just

133:13

some short-term volatility. It was a

133:16

trend setting data, right? Same thing

133:18

over here in here or here another

133:20

inflation data came out or unemployment

133:22

data came out and price dropped because

133:25

in this period in this specific

133:27

historical period the market was scared

133:29

about this and the main narrative of the

133:31

markets inside of this historical period

133:33

inflation is the problem right so the

133:36

market follows a narrative for example

133:38

during the tariff war of Trump the main

133:41

narrative was tariffs and nowadays again

133:44

it is tariffs that's why we talk about

133:46

macro sentiment ment we want to see the

133:48

reaction of the market to macroeconomic

133:51

news data so that we can understand

133:53

where the long-term trend of money is

133:56

going towards. Now that we have

133:58

understood the basic of macroeconomics,

134:00

we need to put the final pieces of the

134:02

puzzles to understand the fundamentals

134:03

of each markets. And the last market we

134:05

need to explain are precious metals,

134:07

bond market and the forex market. And I

134:09

would like to start with the bond

134:10

market. So the bond market is the market

134:13

of government treasury securities or

134:16

government bonds. You have the treasury

134:18

bills, the treasury bonds and the

134:20

treasury notes. And a bond looks

134:23

something like this. Me, I, the US

134:26

government, owe the bearer of this bond,

134:28

let's say $100,000 plus 5% interest

134:32

rates one year from now. Okay, this is

134:34

basically all a bond is. It's a debt

134:37

security. So basically someone it can be

134:40

a person or it can be a bank can be a

134:43

foreign bank it can be a domestic bank

134:45

or it can be a company will lend money

134:47

to a government in this case and buy

134:50

this bond. So the government in order to

134:52

finance all of its activities will issue

134:55

bonds will basically create debt

134:58

securities that people can purchase. So

135:00

the government gets the money and the

135:02

lender whether it is an individual, a

135:05

bank or a company can earn an interest

135:08

rate. They come in different forms.

135:10

There's zero coupon bonds. So just bonds

135:13

that you know give you the whole amount

135:15

plus the interest rates at the end of

135:17

the expiration. Or there's bonds that

135:19

give you a 6 months or a 3 months coupon

135:22

where they slowly slowly give you the

135:24

5,000 throughout the year. That's why

135:26

they're also called fixed income assets.

135:29

But the basic principle is after some

135:31

time the government gives the money back

135:34

to the lender with some interest rates

135:36

and now that doesn't exist anymore. But

135:38

at the same time the person who bought

135:40

this can also sell it to other people.

135:42

Right? So in the government bond market

135:44

you typically have something called the

135:46

primary market where freshly created new

135:50

bonds are sold in auctions to basically

135:53

a group of big banks. So these banks

135:56

purchase these bonds and they lend this

135:59

money to the government. So the

136:00

government have money to spend and banks

136:02

have a way to earn an interest rate. But

136:05

they can also sell it and trade it and

136:08

even speculate on it in the secondary

136:10

market which is the market we all know

136:12

where there's traders, banks, investors,

136:15

companies, individuals, all sorts of

136:17

market participants. And so these can be

136:19

traded, right? This is of course not the

136:21

only type of bonds that exist. These are

136:23

government bonds. But also companies can

136:25

issue bonds and they're also called

136:27

corporate bonds. So the company for

136:29

example in order to in order to finance

136:32

its operation and invest in stuff will

136:34

issue bonds that banks and other

136:36

investors can purchase to earn an

136:39

interest rate. And for all of these

136:40

bonds, there is a system that basically

136:42

tells you how creditw worthy is the

136:45

issuer of this bond. So how risky is it

136:48

to lend this guy money? Typically, the

136:50

government is always kind of the safest

136:53

entity to lend money to because you're

136:55

pretty sure the government will pay its

136:57

bills. Typically, it's not always like

136:58

that. The big corporates, for example,

137:00

Apple or, you know, companies that are

137:02

very liquid can also be creditworthy.

137:05

Some companies, they might be kind of

137:07

risky. And there's a score, a metric

137:09

that the so-called rating agencies such

137:12

as standard and pores or Moody's or

137:15

Fitch. These companies will basically

137:17

give a rating to all sorts of bonds. And

137:20

they will typically look something like

137:22

this. A double A triple B

137:26

triple C

137:27

and finally D. A tier bond maybe even

137:30

down to B or double B and are often

137:33

referred to as investment grade bonds.

137:36

So bonds that are worth investing.

137:38

Anything that is below is typically

137:41

referred to as junk bonds, very high

137:44

risky bonds. So starting here, you have

137:46

super high credibility, super high

137:48

creditworthiness, then gradually less

137:50

and less and less and less until you go

137:52

to the D that stands for default. It's a

137:55

bond that it's highly likely that will

137:57

not get paid. And that's by the way what

137:59

we mean when a company or a government

138:02

defaults on its debt. basically means

138:04

that is not able to pay either all of

138:08

the money. So maybe they will pay just a

138:10

fraction of it by restructuring debt and

138:12

or not within the promised time frame.

138:15

So this is the definition of default.

138:18

And you can already start understanding

138:19

that if you're going to lend money to a

138:21

very creditworthy person and not take

138:23

much risk, maybe you can ask for a 2%

138:25

return. Maybe, right? Let's say you ask

138:27

for a 2% return. Well, if you're going

138:29

to lend it to a not so creditworthy

138:31

entity, you might want to ask maybe for

138:33

a slightly higher return to an entity

138:36

that has a higher risk of not giving it

138:38

back. Well, at least if I have to risk

138:39

that, I want a higher return. So, one of

138:42

the element that eventually determines

138:44

the interest rates is creditworthiness.

138:46

Because to lend to a high-risisk

138:48

borrower, I want a premium for my risk.

138:51

That's why it's also called the risk

138:53

premium. And another thing you can

138:54

understand is if I'm going to lend you

138:56

money for 1 year or for 30 years, well

138:59

for 30 years I might want a higher

139:01

interest rate because I'm depriving

139:03

myself of money for 30 years. So maybe

139:05

to the same person a one-year bond might

139:08

ask for a 3% interest rates. But if I

139:12

have to give it to you for 30 years,

139:14

well a lot of stuff can happen in 30

139:16

years. So I want to paid more because

139:18

it's a lot of time. So let's say this

139:20

one is 6%. This is called the risk

139:23

premium. So the difference depend in

139:25

return in interest rates based on

139:27

creditworthiness of the borrower. This

139:30

is called the term premium. So an extra

139:33

percentage point that I want because of

139:35

the time frame. And remember the bond

139:37

market is probably the biggest market in

139:39

the world for capitalization. Like

139:41

there's a lot of money in the bond

139:42

market, like trillions of dollars,

139:45

especially government bonds, right?

139:47

Because government bonds are the only

139:49

way the government can literally print

139:52

money by issuing new debt. They don't

139:54

really create new money, but they kind

139:55

of do. We'll understand it. And another

139:57

important thing about the bond market

139:58

that you can understand with the concept

140:00

of term premium is something called the

140:02

yield curve. This is a chart that is

140:05

widely known specifically in in, you

140:07

know, in all sorts of bonds, but

140:08

especially in the government bond

140:09

market. So if we say that for example a

140:12

30-year Treasury bond rewards me 6% per

140:15

year interest rate while a one-year

140:18

rewards me a 3% interest rate then you

140:21

have you know 3 months bond you have 6

140:23

months bonds you have 1 year you have

140:25

2ear bonds 3 years 5 years 7 years 10

140:29

years 20 years and finally 30 years.

140:32

Well, in a normal situation, you would

140:34

expect the three-month bond to ask for a

140:36

lower interest rate and the longer

140:38

maturities to ask for a higher interest

140:40

rate, right? So, what you typically see

140:42

is interest rates getting higher and

140:45

higher depending on maturity. And you

140:47

can basically plot a line also known as

140:50

the yield curve. And in a normal

140:52

scenario, this all makes sense. But

140:54

again, the term premium is not the only

140:56

thing that affects the yield of these

140:58

bonds, the interest rates of these

140:59

bonds. So yes, one thing is the term

141:02

premium, another thing is the risk

141:03

premium. But another thing that affects

141:05

how much my bond is yielding is for

141:08

example inflation expectations. If I

141:10

expect inflation to be 3% over the last

141:13

10 years, I want at least 3%. Likely a

141:18

little bit more because I don't want my

141:19

money to be eroded by inflation. So if

141:22

the inflation expectations for the next

141:24

let's say 3 years it's 3%, I am going to

141:27

at least ask for 5%. Right? So just an

141:30

example and bonds are the most common

141:33

and at the same time kind of safest way

141:36

to hedge against inflation. And the last

141:39

very important thing is the central

141:41

bank's interest rates. If the central

141:44

bank's interest rates is 4% let's say

141:47

well I can just go to a bank deposit

141:50

money and I will get 4% on my deposit.

141:52

So you kind of need to be competitive at

141:54

least. So you would like at least to

141:55

have a 5% right if I have to put my

141:57

money into your hands. So all of these

142:00

things are affecting the yield of the

142:02

bonds and the yield curve. For example,

142:04

when inflation expect when the market is

142:06

expecting the central bank to rise

142:08

interest rates, you would typically see

142:10

in the shortterm maturities very high

142:13

numbers sometimes even higher than the

142:16

long-term maturities and you can see the

142:18

yield curve going down inverting. That's

142:21

what we call an inverted yield curve.

142:23

This phenomena is also known as

142:25

backwardation. While a normal yield

142:27

curve is a curve in contango. Just some

142:30

cool finance terms that you might want

142:31

to learn. For example, this is the

142:33

current yield curve and it has this

142:34

really weird shape. Let's go back to

142:36

before inflation was ever a problem.

142:39

Back to April 2021. Look at this

142:42

beautiful yield curve. Interest rates

142:44

are at zero now. So all the shortterm

142:47

maturities are very close to zero. And

142:50

you have to know that especially the

142:52

shortterm maturities. So one month, two,

142:55

three, four, six months up to one year,

142:57

they are much more affected by the

143:00

central bank interest rates because

143:02

remember central bank interest rates are

143:03

by definition overnight interest rates.

143:05

So they are very shortterm. So this blue

143:08

area is where the target interest rates

143:10

for the Federal Reserve are. And you can

143:12

clearly see that the bonds were exactly

143:14

yielding somewhere close to zero. But as

143:18

you moved on, let's move on for example

143:21

to November 2021, you gradually start

143:24

see the front end of the line flattening

143:27

down. One year starting to rise. Let's

143:29

move to July 2022 and we see something

143:32

starts changing. Now the interest rates

143:34

are at 1.5. Let's move on even further.

143:37

November 2022. Also, the very shortterm

143:40

maturities are now at 4% interest rates.

143:43

The one-year Treasury bond is yielding

143:45

more than the 30-year. And in 2023, we

143:48

have a full inversion of the yield

143:50

curve, completely inverted. A 3mon bond

143:53

is yielding way more than a 30-year

143:56

bond. And this happens because, as I

143:58

said, the shortterm end of the curve is

144:01

more impacted by interest rate decisions

144:03

of the central bank. And if you go on

144:05

Trading View, you can see the bond yield

144:07

yourself. For example, you can write US

144:09

maturity 01. For example, year one year.

144:12

So, US United States Treasury bonds one

144:15

year yield. So the Y stands for yield.

144:18

And if I plot on top of this the Fed

144:20

funds rates, you can clearly see there's

144:23

clearly a pattern. And the pattern

144:25

actually is that the bonds will

144:26

anticipate what the Fed will do later.

144:29

The Fed will hike rates. Yeah. Well, I

144:31

mean the bonds knew it for at least

144:33

October since March. So yeah, as I told

144:36

you, 6 to9 months. That's the timing of

144:38

financial markets. Even here started

144:40

dropping way before the Fed was saying

144:42

it. Let's plot it with the inflation

144:44

rates now. Well, there still is some

144:46

sort of pattern, but not as cool, right?

144:49

Not as exactly there. Now, let's take a

144:52

US 30-year Treasury bonds yield. Well,

144:54

we still see somewhat of a pattern, but

144:56

for example, here when inflation started

144:58

picking up, well, the 30 years were

145:00

starting to pick up much more quickly

145:02

than the one-year because on things like

145:04

30-year bonds, long-term inflation

145:07

expectation and the risk premium, the

145:09

credit rating of the issuer play a

145:11

bigger role. And you can create your

145:13

sort of yield curve here. For example,

145:15

if I write US 30-year yields and I do

145:18

minus US 3 months yield, I have this

145:22

chart that shows me the differential,

145:24

the spread between 30-year bond yields

145:27

and 3 months bond yields. Now, let's

145:29

plot Fed funds. And typically during Fed

145:32

rate hikes, the short end of the curve

145:34

will lead a curve inversion. And

145:36

whenever we reach zero, it means that

145:38

the 30 years and the 3 months yield

145:41

exactly the same. If we go below zero,

145:43

it means that the 3 months yields more

145:45

than the third year. And we can see that

145:46

this clearly happens whenever there's an

145:48

interest rate spike. So this is

145:50

basically a simpler way to identify a

145:52

yield inversion. Whenever it's below

145:54

zero, that's what we call an inverted

145:55

yield curve. And this is a wildly maybe

145:58

overused indicator to anticipate a

146:01

recession. This is for example on Fred,

146:03

the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis.

146:05

They basically release economic data and

146:07

they have a this great bank of economic

146:09

data. And as you can see in history,

146:11

throughout history, whenever this

146:12

inversion happened, this is the 10-year

146:14

versus the 2 years. So still a long-term

146:16

maturity versus a kind of short-term

146:18

maturity. Every time this line went

146:21

below zero, you had a recession. And you

146:23

can see the recessions with this gray

146:25

area. Had a recession here, a recession

146:27

here, yield curve inverts, steepens,

146:29

recession, inverts, steepens, recession,

146:32

inverts, steepens, recession. Slightly

146:34

inverts, steepens, recession, inverts,

146:37

steepens. And that's why a lot of people

146:39

is expecting a recession anytime soon.

146:41

But this is not the only indicator that

146:44

one should take into consideration

146:45

because the yield curve is inverted. But

146:47

it can happen because of the interest

146:49

rates, the short-term bank interest

146:51

rates that are choking the leveraged

146:53

part of the economy. And the bond market

146:55

is really cool because there's no retail

146:58

traders. Not a lot of retail traders

147:00

speculating on bond market moves. Also,

147:02

the bonds are very low volatility

147:05

markets. Generally speaking, you never

147:07

hear bond traders in the retail space.

147:09

But in the institutional space, they are

147:12

they are one of the biggest markets.

147:14

Absolutely, hands down. And I would say

147:16

they are one of the main drivers in

147:18

general of financial market because the

147:20

bond market is just the market of debt.

147:22

It's the market of money literally. It's

147:25

money parked in the future basically. So

147:28

it greatly reflects the real expectation

147:31

of the money of really wealthy people

147:34

about what the economy might be going to

147:36

do. So also reading sentiment through

147:38

the lens of the bond market. It's

147:40

something that retail traders likely

147:41

don't do. Now another reason why it's

147:43

crucial to understand how the bond

147:45

market works is specifically to

147:47

understand another piece of the

147:50

macroeconomics puzzle because government

147:52

play a huge role into how the

147:55

macroeconomic landscape forms. So if

147:57

these are the metrics and we have

147:59

understood the role of central banks in

148:01

the macroeconomic cycle well also the

148:04

government plays a role. So government

148:06

policies in general play a huge role in

148:09

each nation's economy. Specifically the

148:12

policies that relate to the fiscal space

148:15

to taxes and in general what is called

148:18

fiscal policies. And just like any other

148:20

entity, the government also have an

148:22

income that comes from taxes and all

148:25

sorts of expenses. Expenses to build

148:28

roads, pay for the military, to pay for

148:30

the police, to pay for all sorts of

148:32

government services and public services

148:35

in general. And in an ideal world,

148:37

governments should earn more than they

148:39

actually spend. And the balance between

148:41

income and expenses is also in some way

148:44

the difference between socialism and

148:47

liberalism which are typically the right

148:50

and the left political parties. Where

148:52

typically liberalism believes in free

148:54

market, socialisms believe more in

148:56

equality and welfare. So typically

148:58

states that are more socialist will tend

149:00

to have higher expenses because they

149:02

have a lot of government services. For

149:04

example, in Italy, which is the country

149:05

I'm from, the government provides a lot

149:07

of welfare. There's a lot of government

149:10

in the economy which I personally

149:11

believe is [ __ ] I'm more in the

149:13

free market, right? But for example,

149:15

healthcare is public, school is public,

149:17

public transportation is publicly owned.

149:19

So it's mostly provided by the

149:22

government in a predominantly liberalist

149:24

economy or nation. Healthcare is

149:26

private, education is private,

149:27

transportation is private. And by free

149:29

market, we mean a purer version of

149:32

capitalism where you just let privates

149:34

do their own thing. And I personally

149:36

believe this is more representative of a

149:38

meritocracy and has proven to really

149:40

work. If you live people freed to do

149:42

entrepreneurship, they will create new

149:44

jobs. And if you incentivize people to

149:47

entrepreneurship, the wealth of the

149:48

country will rise. But also socialists

149:51

have proven to be an effective antidote

149:53

to the inequality that liberalism can

149:55

cause at times. So with higher taxes on

149:58

rich people, they manage to rebalance

150:00

inequality. So most western societies

150:02

try to find a balance between socialism

150:05

and liberalism and free capitalism. So

150:07

we also understand that a very socialist

150:09

state will have a lot of expenses

150:11

because the government is providing for

150:13

healthare for education for

150:16

transportation for pensions and

150:18

retirement plans. All things that are

150:20

private here. So a socialist state will

150:22

have more expenses. So we'll have to

150:25

have more taxes as well. Whereas a more

150:27

liberalist state that promotes free

150:29

market and capitalism will tend to have

150:31

lower expenses and so a lesser need for

150:34

taxes. But for example, if the

150:36

government takes as taxes 20 trillion,

150:38

ideally the expenses should also be 20

150:41

trillion. But a lot of times this does

150:44

not happen. Sometimes it might happen

150:45

that there's more expenses, for example,

150:47

25 trillion. So for that extra $5

150:50

trillion, that's where the government

150:52

needs to issue more debt. issue $5

150:55

trillion of debt. So when income is not

150:59

enough to cover all of the expenses that

151:00

the government had and it has to use

151:02

debt, that's what we call a fiscal

151:05

deficit, which is the opposite of a

151:08

government running a fiscal surplus,

151:10

which happens when the income are more

151:12

than the expenses. And you can

151:14

understand that a fiscal deficit is

151:17

basically taking this $5 trillion and

151:19

put it right into the economy because

151:21

the government is spending that money.

151:23

So that money is going into the economy.

151:25

So it typically has at least in the

151:27

short to medium-term a positive effect

151:30

on the overall growth of the economy.

151:32

While a fiscal surplus where the

151:35

government is earning more money and

151:36

collecting more money with taxes than

151:38

it's putting into the economy by

151:40

spending money, a fiscal surplus is

151:42

positive for the government because it's

151:44

earning more money, but it's negative

151:45

technically to the economy because we're

151:47

taking money away from the economy and

151:49

not spending as much. And typically when

151:51

governments announce that they will run

151:54

a very strong fiscal deficit just like

151:57

Trump is planning to, the stock market

151:59

typically roars and just explodes in a

152:02

very intense bull market because this

152:04

will mean more money into the pocket of

152:06

customers that will spend money into the

152:09

companies and buy products and services

152:11

from companies will brings the earnings

152:13

of those companies higher. And so the

152:15

stock market which is where these

152:17

companies are traded will anticipate

152:18

that this will happen and will start

152:20

buying stock and pumping stock prices

152:22

up. But this has a limit because in

152:24

order to run on fiscal deficit a

152:26

government needs to issue debt needs to

152:28

issue bonds and those bonds are

152:31

expensive because there's interest

152:33

rates. As we know the public debt of a

152:36

nation is the total amount of

152:39

outstanding government bonds that have

152:41

been issued by a government. For

152:43

example, this is the US debt. US public

152:45

debt has broken the ceiling of $30

152:48

trillion. Irregardless, by the way,

152:51

there was a Republican or a Democrat

152:53

president. So, more of a liberalist

152:55

party or a socialist party. Regardless

152:57

of this, depth just kept going higher

152:59

and higher. And you remember we were

153:01

talking about the GDP as the measure for

153:04

how much wealth a country is producing

153:08

in a year. And even though that is very

153:10

important metric in the economy because

153:12

a very important metric to assess the

153:14

productivity of a country as we

153:16

discussed we also understood that it's

153:18

one thing if the growth is structural

153:20

because of strong demography and

153:22

technological innovation but because of

153:24

the debt system if the government is

153:26

running on a deficit the economy will

153:28

grow faster right so the relationship

153:30

between how much debt there is in an

153:33

economy and the GDP of that economy is

153:36

the truly important metric to assess in

153:39

a way how virtuous that economy really

153:41

is. So between the important metrics in

153:44

an economy, we want to add the total

153:47

public debt to GDP ratio aka public debt

153:51

over GDP in percentage. And this is a

153:53

chart of the US debt to GDP ratio. And

153:56

we typically consider a nation virtuous

153:58

when the debt to GDP ratio stays below

154:02

100 because it means that the growth and

154:05

the wealth that that nation produces in

154:07

that year it's driven by real

154:10

productivity not just debt leverage and

154:13

typically everything above 100% will

154:15

start to raise some alarms because it

154:18

means that the government is constantly

154:20

issuing new debt and constantly running

154:22

on a deficit which in the long term All

154:26

of this economic expansion built on

154:28

leverage will have to live some sort of

154:31

contraction. And the bigger the

154:32

leverage, the bigger the contraction.

154:34

Plus, because of interest rates, if the

154:36

debt is increasingly higher than GDP,

154:39

the money I will earn from taxes will

154:41

start to be less and less compared to

154:43

the interest rates that I will need to

154:45

pay on my debt that will continue

154:47

rising. Because if the GDP grows, but

154:50

the debt grows at a higher rate than the

154:52

GDP, my expenses on the debt, which is

154:55

the interest rate, and the taxes that I

154:57

earn from the wealth generated in the

155:00

country, the gap between them will force

155:02

me to keep running on an even crazier

155:05

deficit. And this will spiral into what

155:07

we're seeing now in the American economy

155:09

and in a lot of economies in general.

155:12

And the highest risk of this is exactly

155:14

inflation because with the government

155:16

printing basically a lot of new money

155:19

but because since the government is

155:21

issuing so much debt it's basically like

155:23

creating new money right especially if

155:25

the central bank is also doing

155:26

quantitative easing and constantly

155:28

buying those bonds from the secondary

155:30

market. So fiscal deficit is actual real

155:33

economy money printing and if people

155:36

spend more prices will rise. So the risk

155:38

of constantly running on a deficit and

155:40

constantly printing new money is that

155:42

the money will lose its value because of

155:45

inflation. And we've seen this thing

155:46

happening in all sorts of nations in the

155:48

world starting from Germany in the 30s

155:50

or in Argentina and Venezuela or even in

155:53

Turkey where you had episode of what is

155:55

called hyperinflation which is whenever

155:57

inflation goes above 100% year-over-year

156:00

which is crazy but for what concerns the

156:02

money flow whenever there's fiscal

156:05

deficit just think that the stocks will

156:07

just typically in the US and the most

156:09

western economies fiscal deficit

156:11

typically means big growth leveraged

156:14

growth grow in an economy. So now that

156:16

we have understood the role of

156:18

government policies in the money world

156:21

and how the national debt and the fiscal

156:24

deficit affects the economy and the

156:26

markets overall, we truly understand the

156:28

role of bonds in the economy of the bond

156:31

market overall and we can finally start

156:33

talking about the forex market. And the

156:35

forex market or foreign exchange is the

156:38

market of foreign currencies. It's also

156:40

the market that is mostly traded by

156:42

wannabe traders, trading newbies for the

156:45

wrong reasons because the brokerage

156:47

industry and the guru industry managed

156:50

to create a casino out of the forex

156:52

market which is actually one of the most

156:54

untransparent market there is. It's

156:56

completely traded OTC. So it's like but

156:59

now we want to understand it in a

157:00

different way. We want to understand the

157:02

fundamentals of the forex market. And as

157:04

we know as it's the currency market you

157:06

have all sorts of currency pairs market.

157:08

So in the forex market, you always have

157:10

one currency, for example, the dollar

157:12

versus, for example, the Japanese yen,

157:15

JPY. And when you trade the forex

157:17

market, you're basically betting against

157:19

the rising and falling of the exchange

157:21

rate between two currencies. And there's

157:23

all sorts of currency pairs. For

157:25

example, the Euro dollar, euro USD,

157:27

pound USD, also known as the cable,

157:29

AUDUSD, also known as the Aussie, you

157:32

have the NZDU USD, the New Zealand

157:34

dollars, and so on and so forth. And you

157:36

can just shuffle them and mix them

157:38

however you like. You have euro GBP,

157:40

Euro OD or GBP, Canadian dollar and so

157:44

on and so forth. Now if for example the

157:46

exchange rate of this is 1.15, it means

157:49

that for one euro I can get $1.15,

157:53

right? And if the euro is stronger than

157:56

the dollar, the exchange rate will go

157:57

up. If the dollar is stronger than the

157:59

euro, the currency pair will go down.

158:01

Very basic. But the real question we

158:02

need to ask is what makes a currency

158:05

stronger than the other one? What are

158:06

the fundamental drivers of the forex

158:08

market? The main drivers of the forex

158:10

market are central bank interest rates

158:12

and bond yields. That's why before

158:16

coming to the forex market, we went

158:18

through literally everything that you

158:20

need to know about the economy because

158:22

you cannot understand the driver of the

158:24

forex market if you don't understand

158:26

macroeconomics overall. And I can assure

158:28

you if you were a forex trader and you

158:30

did not know anything about

158:31

macroeconomics and you were just like

158:33

trading forex CFDs on a meta trader prop

158:35

firm whatever this will truly open your

158:38

mind. Let's keep Euro dollar as an

158:39

example. Let's say that the interest

158:42

rates of the central bank of the euro

158:44

let's make an example at 1% and the bond

158:46

yields for let's say a one-year bond are

158:50

1.5%. And now for the dollar, let's say

158:52

that the Federal Reserve has set the

158:54

interest rates at 5% and the bond deals

158:57

are around like 5.2%. If you had to park

159:00

your money somewhere, let's say in a

159:03

bank or let's say in a government bond

159:05

and park your money there to hedge

159:07

yourself safely for inflation, blah blah

159:09

blah. Which one will you choose? Would

159:11

you choose to keep euros that yields you

159:15

1% per year or dollars that give you

159:17

like a fat 5% per year? Of course, you

159:20

would prefer to invest in a dollarbased

159:23

bond because the yield is higher. So,

159:26

the main fundamental driver of the forex

159:28

market is the spread between interest

159:31

rates or the spread between yields. And

159:34

something really cool can happen because

159:35

of the spread between interest rates.

159:37

Cuz in a situation like this, I can, for

159:39

example, borrow €100,000

159:42

where I pay a 1% interest rate. And with

159:45

this money, I can buy €100,000

159:49

worth of US government bonds and that

159:52

will pay me 5% interest. So by borrowing

159:56

this money and rebarorrowing it to

159:58

another government that pays better

160:00

interest rates, I basically made for

160:02

free a 4% return on the capital. This is

160:05

called a carry trade. Exploiting the

160:08

interest rate differential to borrow

160:10

money at a cheap interest rates and

160:12

reend it to someone else at a higher

160:15

interest rate. Typically buying

160:16

government bonds. The most famous carry

160:18

trade of the last 20 centuries was the

160:22

yen carry trade because the bank of

160:24

Japan for probably the last 30 years has

160:27

kept interest rates at zero. So imagine

160:30

borrowing yens at basically 0% interest

160:34

rates and then buying any other bond

160:37

that maybe can yield you 5%. That's just

160:39

literally free money. And this trade was

160:42

huge. And the yen carry trade is a very

160:44

interesting case study because it caused

160:46

some instabilities in August 2023 on the

160:50

yen, on the dollar, and on the entire

160:52

world stock market. We'll maybe make a

160:54

video about it. So the spread between

160:56

interest rates of two currencies

160:57

determines the trend of a forex pair.

161:00

But as always, just as I told you that

161:03

the cycles in the economy are

161:05

anticipated by the stock market exactly

161:08

the same way, the spread between the

161:10

interest rates is always anticipated by

161:12

the forex market. So the smart money in

161:14

the forex market is trying to predict

161:16

what the spread will be. And if for

161:19

example they expect at some point in the

161:21

future interest rates on the euro going

161:23

high and interest rates on the dollars

161:25

going low 6 months before the market

161:28

will price it in and push Euro dollar

161:30

up. So it's not the spread between the

161:33

interest rates but it's the expectations

161:35

on what the spread between these two

161:37

will be in the future. Always remember.

161:39

And how does the market try to

161:40

anticipate this? Well, it's pretty easy

161:43

because inflation and employment data as

161:46

we discussed directly affect monetary

161:49

policy decisions which includes interest

161:51

rates. So both the yields of the bonds

161:54

and the interest rate decisions will be

161:56

highly affected by for example how

161:57

inflation goes but also how employment

161:59

goes. So whenever a new inflation data

162:01

or employment data comes out, if the

162:04

inflation and the employment has a clear

162:06

direction already that the market is

162:09

starting to bet in favor of, that's when

162:11

big trends happen. Let me go on Trading

162:13

View real quick. On my profile, a trade

162:16

idea that I probably shared, I don't

162:18

know, a lot of years ago. It's written

162:20

in Italian, but I was saying basically

162:22

the FOMC is starting to spread around

162:24

some rumors on tapering. And just so you

162:27

remember, the tapering is slowing down

162:30

this printing of money from the Fed,

162:32

which is the first phase of the hiking

162:34

cycle that will lead to higher the

162:36

interest rates on the dollar. So less

162:38

dollars being printed, higher interest

162:39

rates on the dollars. So we would expect

162:41

the US rates to go up while the GBP

162:44

rates at that point will still flat. So

162:46

we would expect the dollar to finally

162:49

catch up. And we were just coming out of

162:50

COVID, by the way, where the dollar lost

162:53

all of its value because of all the

162:54

money printing. And now after this huge

162:57

trend, they've just decided to stop all

163:00

of this money printing and hire interest

163:02

rates instead. And rates were at zero at

163:04

that point. So this was the beginning of

163:06

the hiking cycles. And in June 15, 2021,

163:10

this was the area where I made this

163:11

analysis at the top of the range and I

163:14

said this is likely where we're going to

163:16

short because this was a complete

163:18

reversal in monetary policies. That's

163:21

where the biggest short impulse in

163:23

history probably on the GBPUSD happened

163:26

with 4,000 pips from the entry I called.

163:29

I mean, that's awesome. And then, of

163:30

course, everything changed because then

163:31

Trump got into power with a clear aim to

163:34

lower interest rates. And well, now you

163:36

know the story. And that's why when you

163:37

see inflation data or employment data

163:39

coming up, you see a lot of volatility

163:41

in forex. And if you always read it

163:43

through the lens of what will the

163:45

central banks do with this data you the

163:48

volatility that will happen in the forex

163:50

will not be a mystery to you anymore.

163:51

And by the way just with this stuff

163:53

world trading champion Yan Smolen in

163:55

2021 2022 2023 won three times the world

163:59

trading championships just with this

164:01

concept. So these are the main

164:02

fundamentals you need to know about the

164:04

forex market. And we can move to our

164:06

final markets which is the precious

164:08

metal market. And we're specifically

164:10

talking about gold and silver that could

164:12

be considered commodities. But but

164:14

unlike normal commodities that are

164:16

simply driven by expectations around

164:18

supply and demand, the driver of these

164:20

markets are completely different because

164:22

they're not seen as commodities. They

164:24

are seen as store of value for some

164:27

reason. So for example, these are used

164:30

especially gold as a hedge against

164:32

inflation. So because they are a store

164:34

of value, they are used as a hedge

164:36

against inflation, but also a hedge in

164:38

general against economical or

164:41

geopolitical uncertainty. So whenever

164:43

there's wars, whenever there's

164:44

economical uncertainty, typically we see

164:47

gold and silver go really really up. And

164:49

another driver which more than a driver

164:52

is probably a very strong historical

164:54

correlation specifically with gold and

164:56

its little brother silver because

164:58

they're a hedge against inflation. The

165:00

second biggest hedge against inflation,

165:02

as we said, is bonds, right? Bonds is

165:04

the safest asset to invest to have a

165:06

yield and just hedge a little bit

165:08

against inflation, right? So, we could

165:09

say that bonds yields specifically are

165:12

the main competitor of gold.

165:14

Specifically, something called real bond

165:17

yields. And in finance or in economy,

165:19

let's say, anything that we define as

165:21

real is net of inflation. For example,

165:24

if the bonds yields 5.5%,

165:27

that's the interest rate on the bonds.

165:29

But we have a 2% inflation rate, then

165:32

the real yield I get on my money is

165:35

3.5%. Right? And the same thing, by the

165:37

way, goes for the GDP growth rate. If

165:40

the GDP growth rate is 2%, but the

165:43

inflation rate year-over-year is 1%,

165:46

then the real growth that happened in

165:48

that year, so the real GDP growth was

165:52

1%. because the GDP is calculated in

165:55

dollars and if those dollars lost value

165:58

because of inflation then the real GDP

166:00

growth is 1% not two. So because gold

166:02

was always a hedge against inflation

166:04

there is an inverse correlation between

166:07

real bond yields and gold because if the

166:10

real yield of bond is really high and

166:12

for example I don't know I can get an 8%

166:15

return because bonds are basically

166:16

risk-f free I would probably prefer to

166:18

put my money in bonds if I have to hedge

166:21

against inflation instead of silver or

166:23

gold that can be more volatile. If

166:25

instead the real bond yields are like

166:27

one or 2%. Well, that's not a lot of

166:30

growth to be honest. So, I might just as

166:32

well buy gold. So, this is the chart of

166:35

gold and let's add on top of this real

166:38

yield. So, US 5 years yields minus break

166:42

even inflation rates which basically are

166:44

the expectations of 5 years inflation.

166:47

So, this is the chart of the so-called

166:48

real interest rates. If we plot the gold

166:51

chart on top of this and look at the

166:52

historical charts. So bonds were not

166:55

considered to be a good hedge against

166:56

inflation. That's exactly when gold

166:59

pumped. When real rates or real bond

167:02

yields started growing up, that's

167:04

typically when gold suffered. And

167:06

especially when they started rising

167:08

really fast, that's when gold dropped.

167:10

And spoiler alert also here, we can

167:13

anticipate when the bond yields are

167:15

going to go up with monetary policies.

167:17

Then after this huge rise in real yields

167:20

and consequent gold bare market as soon

167:22

as we started stabilizing and started

167:24

kind of going lower that's when boom

167:27

gold started going up and then they

167:29

picked up again. So gold decided to go

167:31

down a little bit but then they dropped

167:33

again and that's where gold [ __ ] and

167:36

throughout all these years while real

167:38

yields started dropping gold had the run

167:40

of its life and also here not so long

167:44

ago I posted this which is now hidden

167:46

for some reason because it's violating

167:48

one of more house rules whatever I was

167:50

exactly highlighting a long idea on gold

167:53

this trade idea was on September 2023

167:56

and since we were expecting because we

167:59

were having high inflation, but also we

168:01

were expecting the end of the hawkish

168:03

cycle and finally interest rates

168:05

starting to gradually go slightly lower,

168:07

we could expect a new long cycle in

168:10

gold. And guess what happened? Yep,

168:12

that's where we're here today. So you

168:13

can slowly start understanding that if

168:16

you learn what the market is currently

168:18

betting based on newly coming news and

168:22

based on newly published macroeconomic

168:24

data by understanding macroeconomics and

168:28

especially the role that they play in

168:30

financial markets, you can have an edge

168:32

on long-term trades and on swing trading

168:35

that is just something else. It's not

168:38

just a candlestick based strategy. It's

168:40

learning how to be in the flow of smart

168:43

money that is trying to following

168:45

macroeconomics and that is [ __ ]

168:48

awesome. And you can do it to anticipate

168:50

what the stock market will do, hence

168:52

what the crypto market will do, also

168:53

some commodities, but especially what

168:55

the bond market will do, hence where the

168:58

forex market will go with ridiculous

169:00

degree of accuracy as well as gold. And

169:03

there's two main practical ways you can

169:05

use fundamentals. You can use

169:07

fundamentals and macroeconomics news

169:09

data either to write news, also known as

169:12

news trading, which to be honest

169:14

requires some experience, but it's one

169:16

of the main strategies of one of the

169:17

best traders I know. It's not for

169:19

beginners, but it's really cool. Or you

169:21

can ride long-term trends with swing

169:25

trading or even position

169:27

trading/investing

169:29

where you ride long-term trends, which

169:32

is by the way swing trading and position

169:35

trading. one of the if not the main

169:37

trading type of smart money because of

169:40

the fact that macroeconomic trends

169:43

fundamentals are so reliable because

169:46

they're based on the reality of each

169:49

market. Not only they provide a great

169:52

edge historically big money and smart

169:55

money as we said they have huge orders.

169:58

One order can even take a whole day to

170:01

be filled or even days, even weeks maybe

170:04

for what we know because as we said,

170:06

they are so big that if they were to buy

170:09

all at once, they will move price. So

170:12

the main kind of trading that these guys

170:14

do is long-term trading. They are

170:16

investing in the market. A lot of the

170:18

greatest hedge funds in the world are

170:21

so-called global macro hedge funds. So

170:23

even though retail traders that smart

170:25

money trading is daily price action

170:28

hunting stop-loss [ __ ] to be honest

170:30

real smart money trading is long-term

170:32

trading is swing trading position

170:34

trading macroeconomics big trends that

170:37

even the big money because they're so

170:39

big can take advantage of they shortterm

170:42

price action is not liquid enough to

170:44

create a substantial edge to smart money

170:47

it's not enough most unless they're

170:49

doing HFT but even there the edge is

170:52

very limited That's why global macro

170:54

hedge funds and long-term trading

170:56

investing is the main business of smart

170:59

money when they're trading the markets.

171:02

And that's why the day trading action

171:04

when the movement of prices throughout

171:06

the day can be more random, but still we

171:09

can read them through how these

171:12

participants feel their long-term orders

171:14

and through auction market theory

171:17

realize that hey, this is where maybe

171:18

they're buying or selling here.

171:20

something clearly happened that shifted

171:22

maybe a news event happened that drove

171:25

the fair valuation of this asset up and

171:28

now they found liquidity again and now

171:30

they're trading here. So, I'm going to

171:32

follow the big money in the intraday or

171:35

let's say the shortterm market price

171:37

action and look at where the money is

171:40

going with order flow and with volume

171:43

analysis while still being aware and

171:46

aligned with the global macro view and

171:49

the long-term trends. Welcome to

171:51

professional trading. And there's a lot

171:52

of way we can follow this by the way in

171:54

the daily actions. We can follow it

171:56

through order flow and auction market

171:58

theory and option flow blah blah blah.

172:00

And we will use volume analysis for

172:02

swing trading. We'll get deep into how a

172:04

strategy based on auction market theory

172:06

for swing trades might work. But also we

172:08

can track big money and smart money

172:10

through something called the commitment

172:12

of trader report which is another

172:14

[ __ ] cheat code for swing trading

172:16

because the coot report basically tells

172:18

us how much the smart money are buying

172:20

or selling in a week. So once we have a

172:23

global macro narrative and we identify

172:25

the trend, we can confirm with the coot

172:28

report if the smart money is actually

172:30

going that way and through volume we can

172:32

actually follow the money by seeing it

172:35

on the charts. Isn't this absolutely

172:38

phenomenal? Isn't this awesome? And all

172:40

of this without a secret algorithm,

172:42

without inventing [ __ ] about the

172:44

market, but but but simply looking at

172:46

how the world works, how money works in

172:49

each market, rationally analyzing market

172:52

participation, and through order flow

172:54

and auction market theory, time our

172:56

entry like [ __ ] snipers. Now, I am

172:59

really tired. I've recorded all night.

173:01

Leave a [ __ ] like to this video once

173:03

and for all. Now I'm going to stop

173:04

recording and restart tomorrow so that

173:06

we can take everything that we've

173:08

learned and start building a solid

173:10

strategy and first start building a

173:13

solid swing strategy and after that we

173:15

will be able to move on to more

173:17

shortterm day trading strategies as

173:19

well. So now I will share with you some

173:20

trading models both for position trading

173:22

for swing trading and news trading. For

173:26

position trading, I am not a huge

173:28

position trader, but if you want to re

173:31

really write the long-term trends of

173:33

fundamental analysis, there's already a

173:36

widely used uh model by, you know,

173:40

professional investors and institutional

173:42

investor that basically follows

173:45

something also known as the Mary Lynch

173:47

investment clock model or the sector

173:50

rotation model where for example on this

173:52

chart, this is the economic cycle.

173:55

This is the market cycle. Same thing

173:58

over here. Very similar. And during each

174:01

phase of the cycle, so during the

174:03

recession where we're falling recession,

174:05

that's where typically the market

174:06

bottoms because the market tries to

174:08

anticipate the fact that the economy

174:09

will recover. Then we have an early

174:11

recover and that's where we're in the

174:13

full bull market. Full recovery. That's

174:16

where they say the market tops even

174:18

though I don't fully agree. And in the

174:21

early stages of a recession or slightly

174:24

before a recession recession starts

174:26

happening, that's where you actually see

174:28

a bare market. And in the different

174:31

stages of this, the risk aversion goes

174:35

up and down. And there are some sectors

174:38

that performs best than others. For

174:40

example, in the early stages during

174:42

market bottoms and during bull markets,

174:44

we see sectors like the technology

174:46

sector, like the communication services

174:49

sectors, the discretionary sector

174:51

typically pumping up and outperforming

174:53

most other sectors and stuff like

174:56

energy, healthcare, consumer staples,

174:58

utilities typically keep performing

175:01

better than these ones in the phases of

175:03

bare market because they are considered

175:05

as more stable type of sectors because

175:08

as I saiduring during a race session,

175:10

you're still going to buy groceries, but

175:13

you're not going to buy a a new iPhone,

175:14

maybe, right? So, different sectors

175:16

perform better, and you can rotate a

175:19

portfolio based on ETFs of every single

175:22

sector depending on where we're likely

175:25

to be heading with the economy, which is

175:27

very similar to the investment clock of

175:30

Meil Lynch, where you have growth

175:32

recovers. So, we're in the upway of the

175:35

cycle. Inflation rises. That's the top

175:37

of the cycle where inflation is getting

175:39

really high. Then growth weakens. We're

175:41

at the top of the cycle going to this

175:43

part of the cycle. And then inflation

175:45

falling when the cycle is in its final

175:48

step of recession before again growth

175:51

recovers. And you basically divide this

175:55

cycle in quadrants where you have

175:57

recovery, overheat, stagflation, and

176:00

then reflation. And in each quarter of

176:03

this model, different asset classes

176:05

perform best. So bonds typically perform

176:07

good here. Stocks perform best during

176:09

recoveries. Commodities in the phase of

176:11

overheat is where they're performing

176:14

best because they're also the reason why

176:17

overheat is happening because if all the

176:18

commodity prices goes up, all of the

176:20

prices go up and inflation rises and

176:23

then you get to stackflation. So, these

176:26

models are great and are definitely

176:28

worth getting deep into if you're

176:30

looking to invest in the market with a

176:33

capital allocation type of perspective,

176:35

but position trading is, as I said,

176:37

riding longterm trends. These cycles can

176:41

take years, and this is great if you're

176:43

looking to just use a capital allocation

176:46

model and basically switch your

176:47

investments smartly by following the

176:50

global macroeconomic landscape. But this

176:52

is not the type of trading that

176:53

personally I have engaged into. So I'd

176:55

rather spend most of the time explaining

176:57

you the way both me and my partner Fabio

177:00

and also Patrick Neil the world trading

177:02

champion and also Jansming partly trades

177:05

using both macroeconomics but also the

177:07

rest of the fundamentals of each market.

177:10

So we take the macroeconomic plot chart

177:12

and we kind of take inspiration in a way

177:14

from this type of thing but we help

177:17

ourselves with unemployment data,

177:19

inflation data, interest rate data,

177:21

balance sheet data and intermarket

177:23

analysis and do something in a similar

177:26

fashion of the Meil Lynch investment

177:28

clock model, but just to assess the

177:32

trend, but we time the market better

177:34

thanks to the auction market theory

177:36

model and we follow the big money with

177:40

technical analysis and with the

177:42

commitment of traders report. So the

177:43

checklist to build the context here is

177:47

first looking at macros. So monetary

177:50

policies, which stage of the cycle we

177:52

are, fiscal policies, how is the

177:54

government handling money printing, how

177:56

is unemployment, how is inflation, and

177:58

what is the soft data telling us. And

178:00

while here we can just take a look at

178:03

which point we are in the cycle here we

178:05

can do the same but typically we take a

178:07

look at how fast these data points

178:11

change. So what's the rate of change of

178:14

these data points and let's do a

178:16

practical example of where we're at now.

178:19

We take the Fed funds rates we take the

178:21

unemployment rate. We take inflation and

178:24

let's start with this. And just like

178:26

this we can already understand in which

178:27

phase of the cycle we are. We're in a

178:29

phase where inflation is steadily

178:31

getting lower but maybe in a phase where

178:34

it's starting to pick up a little bit

178:35

and we are in a situation where

178:37

employment is slowly starting to pick up

178:40

but at the same times the tightening

178:42

stance of monetary policies policies is

178:45

getting lower. We take real GDP growth

178:48

quarteron quarter and we can see that

178:50

growth is doing fine. The economy is

178:52

growing quarter over quarter. So overall

178:55

the economy is doing great. Employment

178:57

is doing good. Inflation is also doing

179:01

okay. So there's a good likelihood that

179:03

the Fed will keep cutting rates. But as

179:05

always in macroeconomics, there's

179:07

multiple scenarios possible. So first we

179:09

build scenario one, scenario two, and

179:12

maybe a third scenario. Scenario one is

179:15

unemployment stays low, the economy is

179:18

resilient, and inflation is pretty

179:19

stable. And that will bring the Federal

179:22

Reserve to cut rates. The unemployment

179:24

of course stays low but slowly picks up

179:27

but not in a recession type of fashion.

179:30

If this scenario is great in all of

179:33

this, the government is running a

179:36

deficit and that brings money into the

179:38

real economy. If this is the scenario

179:40

that ultimately happens, we're going to

179:42

be long on stocks, short on the dollar,

179:46

and long on gold because all of this

179:48

money printing and the Fed cuts will

179:50

boost the economy. The economy is

179:52

already telling us it resilient. We

179:54

don't have to worry about inflation and

179:56

hence the Fed having to hike interest

179:59

rates and the unemployment is okay. So

180:02

the expectations on earnings on stocks

180:04

are higher. But at the same times all of

180:06

this money printing the Fed is going to

180:08

cut rates because the inflation is going

180:10

down. If the inflation is going down and

180:14

the interest rates are going down, it

180:16

means that the bond yields on the dollar

180:19

will also go down and fixed income bond

180:22

investors will likely not keep a lot of

180:25

dollars. And that's really useful for,

180:27

for example, the forex markets, right?

180:29

Because if we can find, for example, a

180:31

currency that has the opposite problem,

180:34

so a high inflation, so higher interest

180:36

rates and higher bond yields, that

180:38

currency will be really strong. So the

180:40

next step is to do the same thing with

180:42

another currency and spoiler alert GBP

180:46

could be one of them in the near future

180:48

and basically have a trade there. The

180:50

economies is resilient but there's at

180:52

the same times a lot of uncertainty but

180:54

especially because the inflation is

180:56

going down and the Feds are cutting

180:58

rates. It's likely that the real yield

181:01

of bonds will also go down then we're

181:03

long gold because bonds are not anymore

181:06

a good inflation hedge. So gold is now

181:09

we look at scenario two. Unemployment

181:12

starts rising higher than expected.

181:16

Inflation drops drastically. The Fed has

181:19

to cut rates more aggressively and the

181:22

government of course keeps printing

181:23

money. This does not change anything as

181:26

a short on the US dollar, a long on

181:29

gold. Stocks might start being not so

181:33

attractive. They might still go up

181:36

because they have a bias of kind of

181:38

hoping for the best, but it will not be

181:40

a trend, but it will likely be a trend

181:43

with huge retracements and a lot of buy

181:45

the dip going on. But if this becomes

181:49

and unfolds into a recession, even

181:51

though the Fed is cutting rates, you

181:53

will likely see the stock market going

181:55

down. So stocks short if recession, so

181:59

if the expectation of a recession start

182:02

rising. And scenario three, inflation

182:05

rises unexpectedly, unemployment stays

182:08

relatively low. This will bring the Fed

182:12

to kind of want to hike rates. And for

182:14

now, let's say the government just keeps

182:15

printing money. Well, the fact that the

182:17

Fed will likely hike rates will

182:20

completely shift our bias on the USD. We

182:23

will likely see the big short trend that

182:26

has been the protagonist of the forex

182:29

market in the last months at least

182:31

retracing. So probably long USD maybe

182:34

finally the time for a retracement of on

182:36

gold and we're kind of neutral on stock.

182:39

And by neutral I mean that there's could

182:41

be some short-term retracement but it's

182:44

probably going to just buy the dip again

182:46

like it always happens. So these are the

182:48

three scenarios and now we look at what

182:51

the markets are actually doing to see on

182:54

which scenario the market is currently

182:57

actually putting its money. So, we look

182:59

at the DXY, we go on to the daily time

183:02

frame, and well, the trend has been

183:05

pretty clear. It seems like the market

183:07

is still betting on the first scenario

183:10

to happen. So, inflation down,

183:13

unemployment

183:15

slightly up, Fed cutting rates. So, this

183:19

is what the market is betting will be

183:22

happening slash is happening. So, we've

183:25

built our three macroeconomic scenarios.

183:27

And the next question is what is the

183:31

market currently pricing in aka betting

183:35

on? And for example, if the market is

183:38

betting on scenario one, we also define

183:40

it as our macro narrative, which is what

183:45

the market is believing will happen in

183:48

the next 3 to six to nine months. And we

183:50

do that by looking at the DXY, by

183:53

looking at the S&P 500, by looking at

183:56

bonds, and by looking at gold. Now, what

183:59

often will happen is that new

184:02

macroeconomic data points will come out

184:04

in the future, and they will either

184:06

confirm the narrative, be somewhat

184:08

neutral to the narrative, or radically

184:12

negate the narrative. For example, if

184:15

scenario one was inflation down,

184:19

unemployment

184:21

slightly up, Fed cutting, if the next

184:24

CPI for example is confirming the

184:26

narrative or let's say it like that, if

184:28

it is exacerbating the narrative, for

184:32

example, CPI really down, then this will

184:36

help the current trend to continue. This

184:39

could happen for example if the

184:40

unemployment at the same time is also

184:43

going down. So these two data points are

184:46

exacerbating the narrative slash

184:48

confirming the narrative and they will

184:50

either cause price to continue betting

184:53

on that. But that's when we have to look

184:54

at price because if the market has been

184:58

pricing in this narrative for a long

184:59

time like it has for example here all

185:03

throughout this time the market has been

185:05

pricing in pricing in pricing in pricing

185:07

in pricing in this scenario. What

185:10

happened here for example during the

185:12

last FOMC meeting is that the Fed

185:14

confirmed the scenario and what happened

185:16

which sometime does the market will take

185:19

profits on this bet. So a buy the news

185:24

event will happen. So depending at which

185:26

point we are in the trend, if we are at

185:28

very discount prices, this will push the

185:31

price towards the trend. If we already

185:34

priced it in and we are basically at

185:36

all-time highs, it can be that even

185:39

though the data is confirming the

185:40

narrative, you would have a sell the

185:42

news event. So option one, we keep the

185:45

trend going. Option two, if we're really

185:47

high and we've already priced in the

185:49

narrative, we'll sell the news. But for

185:51

this, of course, we need technicals. If

185:53

the data is neutral to to the narrative,

185:55

typically you will not see a lot of

185:57

market movement. If it is radically

186:00

negating the narrative, especially in a

186:02

period like this where the markets are

186:05

kind of waiting to see what will happen,

186:08

that's when you can see trend

186:09

inversions. And when trend inverts,

186:13

that's when you have to be really

186:15

careful if a new scenario or a new

186:19

narrative is currently being priced in.

186:21

Now, with a practical example, let's go

186:23

to the GBPUSD and and currently if we

186:27

take a look at the UK CPI. So, we can

186:30

just search for inflation rates in the

186:33

economy part for the United Kingdom. And

186:35

we take the United Kingdom inflation

186:37

rate year-over-year. And for example, we

186:40

compare it with the United States

186:41

inflation rate year-over-year. Well, we

186:43

can see that the UK one has been picking

186:45

up pretty aggressively. We are at 3.8

186:49

versus a mere 2.9. So inflation is way

186:53

more problematic in the UK as of today.

186:57

And this has some likelihood to bring

186:59

the UK central bank to hike rates. We

187:02

plot the UK interest rates and yes they

187:05

have been cutting but now they are kind

187:07

of thinking about stopping because the

187:09

inflation rate is getting high or even

187:12

maybe rehiking them a little bit and all

187:14

of this is contributing to the strength

187:16

of the GBP in contrast with the weakness

187:19

of the dollar. So this could be a trade

187:21

idea and this is where we start using

187:23

the auction market theory model to try

187:26

and catch the best trades. So when we

187:28

have to answer what is the market

187:29

currently pricing in or betting on we

187:33

rely on two main factors. First

187:36

technical analysis through the auction

187:39

market theory model and two the analysis

187:41

of participation. So if through the

187:44

auction market theory model we're

187:45

basically taking a look at okay where is

187:48

price going but not only price where is

187:50

the volume going right where is the

187:52

money going. In participation analysis,

187:55

we may take a look at, for example, the

187:57

COT report, which exactly tells us what

188:00

the institutional traders, the big

188:02

speculators are doing. And depending on

188:04

the market, we can use option data. We

188:07

can take a look, for example, at what

188:08

the retail sentiment is doing to kind of

188:11

try and understand, okay, where is the

188:12

smart money going and when is the dumb

188:14

money going. And for the auction market

188:16

theory models, we take this beautiful

188:19

model that we have drawn back here. We

188:21

paste it all the way here and we

188:23

basically create two ideal setups.

188:26

Whenever we see that a range formed and

188:30

price went up and created a new range,

188:33

this means that a new fair value has

188:37

been accepted. So we take the volume

188:39

profile of this part of price, which

188:43

will likely look something like this.

188:45

Not a lot of volume and then big volume

188:48

because there's a lot of trading

188:49

happening here. This is where the money

188:51

is and then again slow. This will be the

188:53

top of the range which will likely

188:54

coincide with our value area. This is

188:56

the bottom. And as we said in the model,

188:58

either price starts pumping up or price

189:03

tries to pump up but fails or tries to

189:05

pump down and fails. So these are the

189:08

three options basically. So the first

189:09

model here is to wait for price to drop

189:12

and fall again to prices that were

189:14

considered really cheap by aggressive

189:17

buyers by the same buyers that were

189:19

considering these prices cheap and kept

189:22

buying because they couldn't get enough.

189:25

And these are the same prices where the

189:27

sellers that were considering these

189:29

prices to be cheap were like, you know

189:31

what, yeah, they're not so cheap.

189:33

Actually, the best prices to sell are

189:35

these ones and these ones and these

189:37

ones. So here you had an imbalance in

189:39

the auction because these prices were

189:42

considered unfair by sellers and fair by

189:46

buyers. So as soon as sellers maybe

189:49

because of some mechanical selling

189:51

pressure that normally sits below market

189:54

lows push the auction higher, we want to

189:57

see these same buyers that consider

190:00

these prices cheap to now kick back in

190:02

and push price back into the range.

190:04

maybe with a big daily candle that

190:07

closes back inside of the daily range or

190:09

with a very strong movement anyways. And

190:12

this is our first setup. We'll wait for

190:14

price to trace back here and we'll

190:16

either buy to take profit to the other

190:18

side of the range or wait for a test

190:20

before going up. That is setup number

190:23

one. Setup number two is after price has

190:26

done this is we wait for a strong

190:29

breakout with a lot of volume and

190:32

position ourselves as soon as price

190:34

retraces a little bit maybe onto this

190:36

area to look for a continuation. And

190:38

these are the same models by the way

190:40

that I have learned from Tom Forvault

190:42

and Patrick Neil the world trading

190:44

champions themselves. These are only two

190:47

of the many models that they teach. And

190:49

for example they call this the breakin

190:51

and the breakout. So, for example, in

190:54

this Forex example, I would take a fixed

190:56

range volume profile, draw it from the

190:58

beginning of the last impulse to the

191:01

current price. And the volume profile

191:04

will basically tell me, hey, this is

191:05

where most money was traded. And you can

191:08

see one part is highlighted. That's

191:10

because I have set this volume profile

191:12

with the value area. You don't 100% need

191:14

it. This is a statistical reference. We

191:16

can also put it at 100 and just think

191:19

about where the biggest chunk of volume

191:22

is, right? And we understand it's here.

191:24

And what I do is I take the end of these

191:27

areas. From a situation of high volume,

191:29

we dropped into a situation of low

191:31

volume. Okay, that's the lower area. And

191:34

here from a situation of high volume, we

191:36

dropped, right? So this is the higher

191:39

value area. And I always want to see

191:41

what's happening here, here, here. So we

191:44

failed auctioning lower and the same

191:46

buyers that bought here and bought here

191:48

kept buying here and they also tried

191:51

buying outside of this range but sellers

191:55

were not ready yet. They still consider

191:57

these prices to be fair. So they pushed

192:01

the price back in until the other side

192:03

of the range. So the market is clearly

192:06

still in a situation of balance. But we

192:08

did this. We tested here. And this was

192:11

for example a good trade idea to go

192:13

until here. If a new failed auction

192:16

might happen with a strong rejection and

192:20

some value created here, then this is

192:22

still a good setup. So I would have

192:24

either bought here with the idea of

192:26

going to the other side of the range or

192:28

wait for a strong breakout. Some time

192:30

spent outside here to keep auctioning up

192:33

if the macroeconomic data plus the coot

192:37

reports tells us that the economy is

192:39

going the same way and the institutions

192:41

are too. Or for example here in the S&P

192:43

500 we clearly had this as the main

192:46

let's say distribution era. Trump came

192:49

in with the tariffs. Scare the [ __ ] out

192:51

of the market. But the economy was doing

192:54

great. He literally said, "Guys, buy the

192:56

dip." This was the value area high. This

192:58

was the valier area low. And already

193:00

since here, you started seeing this

193:02

happening. Market kind of consolidating

193:04

here and then breaking out. Then

193:06

consolidating again, and then breaking

193:08

out again. And the auction is clearly

193:10

telling us where the money is going. And

193:12

so this was just a huge breakin. So we

193:14

break back in, spend some time there,

193:16

test. That's the first trade to the

193:19

other side. Second trade at the

193:20

breakout. But we're clearly looking at

193:22

we basically almost weekly charts. But

193:25

even here, what happens again? A

193:26

situation of out of balance, finding

193:29

balance. Same concept here. Price breaks

193:32

back, tests. That's another long setup.

193:34

Then price moves up, create a situation

193:37

of balance, breaks, and test it right

193:39

here. by the way. So this is a very

193:41

simple model that simply follows the

193:44

basic rules of the market to easily

193:46

follow the big money. And if we couple

193:48

this with where is the institutional

193:51

money going with the COT report, which

193:53

by the way you can find for free here at

193:56

tradingstair.com/cot.

193:58

And in the COOT report, you basically

194:00

see non-commercials with which are large

194:03

speculator, commercials, which are

194:05

hedgers, and non-reportables, which are

194:07

technically retails, even though, you

194:09

know, they're still kind of sort of big.

194:11

But we want to look at the

194:12

non-commercials. And the

194:14

non-commercials, which are the banks,

194:16

big banks, and institutions that are

194:18

speculating and not engaging in futures

194:20

trading for hedging purposes, will

194:22

basically tell us all the story. They

194:24

went long and increased their long

194:26

exposure for 4,000 contracts which are

194:29

almost 5% of the total exposure and they

194:33

closed almost 900 short contracts. So we

194:36

can go also in this chart take off the

194:37

commercials, take off the

194:38

non-reportables and we can clearly see

194:41

that they have been accumulating and

194:43

buying all of this time. Even though

194:45

their net exposure was short, it's

194:49

gradually drifting back up to being a

194:51

net long position. Now, unfortunately,

194:53

the last data is from September 23rd,

194:55

and we're missing a lot of data because

194:57

the government, the US government is

194:59

currently in shutdown. But, for example,

195:01

we can see what the retails are doing.

195:02

So, we can go on my FX book retail

195:04

sentiment, look at GBPUSD, and wow, and

195:08

clearly see that most retail traders are

195:11

absolutely shorting this market. So

195:14

recap the scenario is telling us that

195:18

likely GBP is rising and USD is falling

195:21

because of the spread between the

195:23

expected bond yields in both currencies.

195:26

The COT reports tells us institution are

195:28

buying and retail sentiment is telling

195:30

us that retails are selling and the

195:32

price action is is pretty clear. And me

195:34

and Fabio, by the way, I've used this

195:36

model for months in public live

195:38

sessions, calling hundreds of trades

195:41

with a really high win rate and

195:42

risk-to-reward ratio, which is a really

195:44

great case study of how to use this

195:47

approach to the markets. We understand

195:49

where is the money likely to flow from

195:51

the fundamental side. We look at the

195:53

money flow through the COT report. We

195:55

look at the money flow through the

195:56

technicals and we use them to time our

195:58

entry perfectly. And this is a trading

196:00

model that once a month we're also

196:03

applying live in the worldass edge

196:05

channel for free with a live sessions

196:07

where we use this model to analyze the

196:09

market and see potential trading setups.

196:11

So if you want to join you can find the

196:13

link in the description. It's completely

196:14

free. So now thanks to the macro plot

196:16

chart checklist through the building of

196:18

a scenario through the liquidity auction

196:20

theory model we have a very powerful

196:22

swing trading model. But this model also

196:24

is really really powerful for everything

196:26

that relates to day trading because it's

196:28

clearly allowing us to identify where

196:30

the money is being traded. So this is a

196:33

fractal concept that you can apply in

196:35

most time frames with of course due

196:38

adaptations. So we can zoom out and get

196:41

back to the micro mechanics. Remember

196:43

how we talked about how market orders

196:46

are interacting with each other to make

196:47

price move? And that's the basic micro

196:50

mechanic, the granular micro mechanics

196:52

that shows how money intent through

196:56

accepting liquidity is the only driver

196:58

of price movements. So the same way we

197:00

use this to interpret price action in

197:02

the swing trading, 4hour time frame, in

197:04

the 1 hour time frame, in the daily time

197:05

frame, we can also use this in lower

197:07

time frames. And we can use this model

197:09

for a shorterterm type of trading which

197:11

is day trading. And unlike swing

197:13

trading, day trading is for all intents

197:16

and purposes a profession that requires

197:18

time that could have a higher return,

197:20

but it's way more stressful. The

197:22

statistics are the same. 90% of traders

197:24

fail and there's a much higher

197:26

adrenaline involved. So trading

197:27

psychology, especially in day trading,

197:30

is one of the main issues for beginner

197:32

traders. So, as I said before, the best

197:34

way to start day trading is to start

197:35

with a simple strategy. have a

197:38

mechanical approach, an objective set of

197:40

rules that takes advantage of a

197:43

structural edge. So, first we start with

197:45

something very simple, something

197:47

profitable, very mechanical. But the

197:49

goal in day trading needs to be becoming

197:51

a proficient discretionary trader cuz

197:54

this is not a algorithmic trading

197:55

course. And in order to become a

197:57

proficient discretionary day trader, a

197:59

super simple, super mechanical, super

198:02

objective, almost algorithmical trading

198:04

strategy, I would say is enough to make

198:06

the first profits. But to become a

198:08

really successful discretionary trader,

198:09

you need to do a lot of reps. You need

198:11

to work on your intuition, not just on

198:14

information and develop a subjective

198:16

probability. This is how you can scale

198:19

as a discretionary trader. And as I

198:21

said, this requires time and the proper

198:23

mindset. So, what we're going to do now

198:25

in the next step of this video is we're

198:26

going to first learn five simple trading

198:29

strategies that you can start as a

198:31

beginner that are very mechanical. And

198:32

then we're going to take a look at how

198:34

to read market action to learn how build

198:38

a shortterm narrative. These five simple

198:41

trading strategies are the oops strategy

198:44

by world trading champion Larry

198:46

Williams. We're going to learn a gap

198:48

fill strategy that I've learned from

198:51

Patrick Nil, world trading champion.

198:53

We're going to learn a opening range

198:55

breakout which is a great classic that I

198:58

personally learned with Fabio Valentini.

199:01

four times world top ranked trader in

199:03

the Robbins Cup. The same with Larry

199:05

Williams and Patrick Nil, but was

199:06

originally coded by a guy named Tobby

199:09

Crrael in the '9s. Then we're going to

199:12

learn the rule of four by Tom Hogart,

199:16

one of the best traders I've ever met,

199:18

author of the book Best Losers Win, and

199:20

the PBD strategy by Tom Forvald, which

199:24

is the mentor of Patrick Neil himself,

199:27

also mentored Fabio Valentini and

199:29

myself. And please keep in mind all of

199:31

these have decades of data and have been

199:35

back tested and for tested and these are

199:38

strategies that perform even though they

199:40

are all a very basic set of rules. So

199:42

they have been through a process of

199:44

statistical validation which is

199:46

something that I strongly suggest you to

199:49

do as well which is something not a lot

199:51

of traders do because they believe is

199:53

not good but I believe it's super

199:55

crucial especially as a beginner and

199:57

observe it and look for patterns that

199:59

repeat and that you can see constantly

200:02

and once you've observed them you come

200:04

up with a hypothesis. So for example,

200:06

every time the first 30 minute of this

200:08

session is broken, most of the time

200:10

price will continue rising. So that's a

200:12

good strategy, right? Which is also the

200:14

principle of the opening range breakout

200:15

strategy that we will learn. So now we

200:17

have to take this hypothesis and do some

200:20

in simple testing also known as back

200:23

test. And when you back test, you have

200:24

to have of course clear rules. So entry

200:28

and exit rules. For example, where's my

200:30

entry? Where do I place my stop loss?

200:32

Where do I place my takerit? Is it a

200:34

fixed riskto-reward take-profit? Is it a

200:37

fixed percentage or points take-profit?

200:40

Same with a stop-loss. And these have to

200:42

be fixed. And for example, you can build

200:44

an Excel sheet like this one. I'm going

200:46

to leave this one in the description so

200:48

you can use it yourself where you can

200:49

gather all of your data. If you're

200:50

buying, if you're selling, what was the

200:52

outcome, the date, the time, if you had

200:54

multiple take profits, the type of data

200:56

maybe you're collecting, the

200:57

confirmations for the entry, maybe a

200:59

screenshot of the analysis before and

201:01

after, and some notes. And this sheet

201:03

will automatically track all of your

201:04

data. You can write all of your rules

201:06

here. So you can either do it with a

201:08

Google sheet or a notion template. And

201:11

you take any charting platform. It can

201:13

be trading view. It can be deep charts.

201:15

You go in the past and you start

201:17

applying this strategy. And your goal,

201:19

your only goal is to gather data on your

201:22

hypothetical edge and eventually

201:25

optimize the strategy. So doing a

201:27

process called fitting. So for example,

201:30

you see that this strategy does not

201:32

really perform good on Mondays or on

201:35

Fridays. Maybe because on Fridays very

201:37

often some news are released in the

201:40

macroeconomic side. So a simple

201:41

technical strategy might fail. So you

201:44

decide maybe to take away that day of

201:45

the week or maybe you see that a certain

201:48

stop-loss for example a 20 point

201:50

stop-loss does not work and if you put a

201:52

30 point stop-loss then your performance

201:55

is incredibly higher. These are all

201:57

thing that you can edit and tweak, but

202:00

you should be careful about not falling

202:02

into the rookie mistake of overfitting.

202:04

As in, for example, you see that if you

202:07

sum up all of the trades from 9:46 a.m.

202:12

and 10:21

202:14

a.m., but excluding the time frame from

202:17

102

202:19

and 1004, then your strategy is

202:22

profitable. Well, I mean, you've

202:25

cherrypicked the best times to make it

202:28

profitable. You cheated, right? So, if

202:31

you do this kind of things, your

202:33

strategy will be overfitted as in it

202:36

works so well on past data because it's

202:40

only trained on past data that as soon

202:44

as you come to the next phase, which is

202:46

forward testing, won't work in the

202:48

present or out of sample data. So always

202:51

be careful about this. So just optimize

202:54

what makes sense to optimize for a clear

202:57

reason. Don't try to put your data on

202:59

steroids. So at this point, you're ready

203:01

to go to the next step which is probably

203:04

even more important which is forward

203:06

testing or out of sample test where you

203:10

basically take the optimized strategy

203:11

and try to apply it in real time to the

203:14

actual markets. And here you keep

203:17

tracking and monitoring the performance.

203:20

This can happen in a demo account or a

203:23

small real account just to get the

203:25

feeling of what it is to trade with real

203:27

money or with a small prop firm account

203:30

so that you already start training your

203:33

psychology and getting used to applying

203:35

a strategy in real time. So once you've

203:37

gathered data in the back test and

203:39

gather data in the forward test and your

203:41

strategy is profitable then you can

203:43

finally go live with your strategy. And

203:46

that comes with this whole sets of

203:47

problems that we will get deep into when

203:49

we'll talk about how to become a

203:51

proficient discretionary trader.

203:52

Everything that relates to market

203:54

psychology, how to monitor your data,

203:56

and how to actually go live. But for

203:58

anything that relates the statistical

204:00

validation protocol before going live,

204:02

this is how it works. Algorithmical

204:04

trader do this exactly the same way. And

204:06

here you have strategies that have

204:08

already gone through this process on

204:10

both in sample and out of sample data

204:13

for decades. and they consistently

204:15

outperform the market and by outperform

204:18

the market I mean generating alpha or

204:21

performing better than just buying and

204:22

holding the S&P 500. So first we will

204:24

learn these four but now you also know

204:26

how to do this process yourself and you

204:28

have the tools to do it and then on top

204:30

of this you will need to build your

204:33

discretion your intuition and your

204:35

subjective probability. So, we will

204:36

learn how to read the market action to

204:38

learn how to build a short-term

204:40

narrative through order flow and how it

204:43

interacts and causes price action. Of

204:47

course, order flow and price action are

204:49

tied together because one causes the

204:52

other and the other is the consequence

204:55

of order flow. We will learn how to

204:57

understand the rhythm of the daily money

205:01

flow and understand the impact of option

205:05

flow which is something legitimately

205:07

crazy like I I don't want to say it's a

205:09

cheat code but it's it's a cheat code.

205:11

So let's start with the first strategy

205:13

which is called the oops strategy by

205:15

Larry Williams and it's basically this

205:17

model. Let's say this is the previous

205:19

day. If the next day opens here, so with

205:22

a gap compared to the high of the

205:25

previous session and the candle breaks

205:27

inside of this level, we basically sell

205:30

here until the next candle closes with a

205:32

fixed stop-loss, for example, of a

205:34

certain number of points or above this

205:36

level. Ideally, the gap should be

205:38

minimum 20 points. Same thing here. If

205:40

it's a short candle and there is a gap

205:43

down, we wait for price to break above

205:45

and that's where we buy. This is a very

205:48

simple trading model that you can apply

205:50

in in so many different markets. I don't

205:52

advise you to just start using it. I

205:55

always suggest you to statistically

205:56

validate it yourself. So you can also

205:58

trained to look for this pattern and

206:01

trade it in a simulated environment

206:02

while gathering data as well. But this

206:04

is a statistical validation that was

206:07

made by was made by an algorithmic

206:08

trader on the DAX which is the German

206:12

stock market index. And since 2012 to

206:14

2024 it had a great performance overall.

206:16

For example, let's take this session.

206:18

This had a clear gap where the price

206:20

opened here. And as soon as we break in

206:23

this level, we can sell. So this was the

206:26

previous session high. This was the

206:28

following session open. And like this,

206:30

our short trade would be around here.

206:32

And even with a 1:1 risk-to-reward

206:35

ratio, there was this was a pretty

206:36

decent profit. And that's the first

206:38

trading model that you can start

206:39

testing. The next 3D model you can start

206:41

testing is the gap fail strategy that I

206:43

learned from Patrick Neil but has been

206:44

there also for a very long time which is

206:47

sort of similar but you basically try

206:49

and find sell opportunities before the

206:52

gap closes. So unlike the oops strategy

206:55

that goes for this trade you anticipate

206:57

that trade and try and fill the gap from

207:00

the previous day close to the next day

207:03

open. Same thing over here. If we close

207:05

the previous session here and we open

207:07

here, we want to trade the gap fill and

207:09

buy expecting that price will rise. This

207:12

also has a lot of statistical

207:13

validation. This type of pattern has

207:15

been studied for decades and it has a

207:18

clear statistical validity in the S&P

207:20

500. 65 to 70% of the gaps are filled in

207:23

the NASDAQ is even higher. So we can

207:26

take the same example and drop into some

207:28

lower time frame. This was the close of

207:30

the previous session. This was the open

207:32

of the new session. This is our gap. And

207:35

maybe here we can wait for a break of

207:37

structure. So market telling us it's

207:40

going to start dropping lower. Or we can

207:42

wait for another breakup structure and

207:44

either trade this breakout here up until

207:46

here. So more aggressively on the first

207:49

breakup structure or conservatively on

207:51

the second breakup structure with a low

207:53

risk-to-reward ratio of course. And

207:55

that's our second strategy. The third

207:57

strategy is probably one of my favorite

207:58

ones is the opening range breakout. So

208:00

you basically take the first 15minute

208:02

range and you wait for a five-minute

208:04

candle to close either above or below.

208:07

You can also add some volume analysis

208:09

here and see if this candle has a lot of

208:11

participation, but we'll get deep into

208:12

that later. This also has a very long

208:16

statistical validation. This is a back

208:17

test that a friend of mine, Luke, he's a

208:20

quantitative analyst has done, and it

208:22

outperforms the S&P 500. And remember,

208:24

this is the 15-minute opening range

208:26

breakout for the 9:30 a.m. stock market

208:29

open. So let's go to the 15-minut time

208:30

frame. This was the first 15inut candle.

208:33

We take the high, take the low, go to

208:35

the five minute time frame, and we wait

208:37

for a breakout. Breakout happens here.

208:40

Buy, place our stop slightly below the

208:42

other side. Now we're already running at

208:44

a 1:1 risk-to-reward ratio, potentially

208:47

targeting a 1:2 risk-to-reward ratio. Of

208:49

course, this works best in very

208:51

directional sessions like these ones

208:53

where you take your first 15-minute

208:55

candle, you go to the 5-minute chart,

208:57

and as soon as this, you wait for this

208:59

candle to close, sell, and this was a

209:02

very profitable day that almost reached

209:04

a 1:3 risk-to-reward ratio, and that's

209:06

the opening range breakout. The fourth

209:09

one is the rule of four by Tom Hogart.

209:12

And this only happens during NFP news

209:14

release or FOMC news release on the DAX

209:18

and on the Footsc 100 which is the UK

209:21

stock market index. So after the news

209:23

event we wait for the fourth 5minut

209:26

candle. So this is the 5minut chart and

209:29

we wait one candle, two candle, three

209:31

candle, four candle and we basically do

209:33

the same thing that we did here with the

209:34

opening range breakout but we simply buy

209:37

whenever there's a breakout here and

209:38

sell whenever there's a breakout here.

209:40

The next one is the PBD strategy by Tom

209:43

Forvvald and where you're either in an

209:45

uptrend, so you have a P. And this is

209:47

based on the auction market theory model

209:48

by the way, or you're in a downtrend and

209:50

you have a B, or you're consolidating

209:53

and you have a D. P B D. And here you

209:56

have two trend following models where as

209:59

soon as you have a failed auction here,

210:01

so price breaks out of a range and then

210:03

it breaks back inside, you wait for a

210:05

test or you buy directly until the other

210:08

side of the range. The second option is

210:10

you wait for a strong breakout and trade

210:13

the breakout. Break in breakout just

210:15

like the previous one for the swing

210:16

trading model. The other one is a

210:18

reversal setup where you basically wait

210:19

for a range to form. Price breaks out

210:22

and as soon as it breaks out again we

210:24

sell here, stop above here targeting the

210:27

beginning of the impulse. Uh here you

210:29

have the same thing but in a downtrend.

210:31

So whenever you have a failed auction

210:32

here with a break below inside, you sell

210:34

to the other side. here. If you have a

210:36

strong breakout, you follow the trend.

210:39

Or if maybe this is happening at a

210:41

previous very important zone, you wait

210:43

for a double breakout to trade the

210:45

reversal up until the beginning of the

210:47

impulse. Or if you are in a

210:49

consolidation situation, you wait for a

210:51

breakout and then a breakin on either

210:53

side to go to the other side of the

210:55

range and you do this kind of pingpong

210:57

thing. This is the track record of

210:59

Patrick Nil that used these exact setups

211:02

in the World Trading Championships. Now

211:04

you can take all of these strategies and

211:06

test them one by one and already have an

211:08

arsenal of strategies that are very

211:11

basic, very profitable and very

211:13

mechanical that does not require you a

211:15

lot of thinking at least at the

211:16

beginning. But to make these perform

211:18

even better and truly become profitable,

211:21

it's important to understand how to read

211:23

orderflow, price action, the rhythm of

211:25

the daily money flow, understanding the

211:27

impact of option flow so that we can

211:29

take these very basic setup that have a

211:32

statistical validity historically

211:34

speaking and build our discretion on top

211:36

of these. Now, in order to truly

211:38

understand this, let's start again from

211:39

the basics and kind of remind ourselves

211:41

how market mechanics work and try to

211:43

read orderflow first in its purest form.

211:46

So let's open deep chart and add a new

211:48

advanced time in sales. This is the time

211:51

in sales and it's the rawest form of

211:52

order flow you can have together with

211:55

the depth of market. So the depth of

211:57

market is showing us sell offers and buy

211:59

offers. And if these orders being

212:01

offered are actually sold to market

212:04

takers, you get the time and sales. And

212:07

time and sales basically tells you at

212:08

what time one of these orders that was

212:10

offered was taken. So if the order book

212:13

is the summary of the menu, time and

212:16

sales is the summary of what was taken

212:19

from the menu. And for example, you can

212:20

also put a filter and enable for example

212:23

a filter of minimum 25 contracts. So you

212:26

only see the big trades and this is how

212:28

it used to be done. They literally had a

212:31

tape, a physical tape that they were

212:33

reading where all of this time in sales

212:35

used to be. That's why when we talk

212:36

about the speed of the market, we also

212:38

talk about tape speed. But this was a

212:41

very raw visualization of volume which

212:44

then translated in this chart also known

212:46

as footprint charts. So as much as you

212:48

can see price ticking up and down up and

212:50

down also here this amazing chart

212:52

basically summarizes all of the orders

212:55

that were traded in the ask. So you got

212:57

the bid you got the ask. Here you got

212:59

the bid here you got the ask. All of

213:00

these were aggressive buyers who

213:03

accepted some offers on the ask. All of

213:06

these aggressive sellers accepted buy

213:08

offers made in the bid. And as you see a

213:11

lot of colors in these candlesticks, you

213:13

should know what they are. So you have

213:14

two elements. You have the colors of the

213:16

background and the color of the text

213:18

that can vary. The color of the

213:19

background is determined by comparing

213:22

the volume traded here and the volume

213:24

traded right on the side. If there was

213:26

more aggressive buy volume, this will be

213:29

green. Same like here and like here or

213:31

here for example. And here the

213:33

background is sort of purple because

213:35

there's way more volume here than here.

213:37

We also call this horizontal delta

213:40

because if this minus this is positive

213:43

will be purple. If this minus this is

213:45

positive this will be green. So it's

213:47

calculated through a differential a

213:49

delta a subtraction. The second element

213:51

as we discussed is the color of the

213:53

text. Most of it is black but sometimes

213:55

it becomes pink or it becomes blue and

213:58

it becomes a certain color if for

214:00

example compared to the other side of

214:03

the auction because typically there's a

214:05

bid and there's an ask and price goes up

214:07

and down up and down like this as you

214:08

can see here as well goes up tick down

214:10

tick up tick down tick. So you have one

214:12

bid, one ask. One bid, one ask. That's

214:14

what we call an auction, right? So

214:16

whenever there's an imbalance in the

214:18

auction of these orders, considering

214:20

only what was traded in the bid compared

214:22

to what was traded in the relative level

214:24

of the ask, if the ratio between these

214:26

two is above 200%, aka this one is two

214:30

times this one, the twice as much bigger

214:33

number will color itself with a special

214:35

color. For example, here 91 is at least

214:37

twice 92. 143 and 214 don't have that

214:41

difference. For example, 78 and 581.

214:45

Well, 581 is more than four times. So,

214:47

it will be shown even fattier and even

214:50

more highlighted. Same thing here. 221

214:53

with 37. 26 with zero is not colored

214:56

because if there's a zero, the imbalance

214:58

is not considered. 81 versus 10. Yeah,

215:00

that one is pretty bigger. 75, 120, none

215:03

of them is at least twice as much. Same

215:04

thing with 58 and 29, but 124 and 21,

215:08

there's a strong imbalance between the

215:10

two. And actually, if you go to our deep

215:11

charts website, you can see a Easter egg

215:13

that few people probably noticed, which

215:15

is this. If you hover on top, you see

215:18

exactly what I mean. When we're watching

215:19

the auction imbalance, we look

215:21

diagonally, right? So, you see auction

215:23

imbalance. You can see it in the text

215:24

over here. Auction imbalance 202%, 174,

215:28

273. It's more than 200%. So, the color

215:31

is green. Same thing over here. And the

215:33

color of these instead is based on delta

215:35

and it's considered horizontally with

215:37

these two numbers. Right? And this also

215:39

represent the total volume. You see it

215:41

here price tick total volume. And this

215:43

is for example this type of

215:44

visualization of the footprint chart.

215:46

And with these type of candles you can

215:48

see even more clearly not just the

215:50

numbers of the auction but also a little

215:52

volume profile that tells you how much

215:54

money was traded in each level. And it's

215:57

specifically with these kind of charts

215:58

that I like to trade because you can see

216:00

this type of stuff. You can see

216:02

anomalies in volume where you can see

216:04

that there was 92 contracts, 100, 100,

216:07

and so on and so forth. Pretty decent

216:09

numbers similar to the previous candles.

216:11

But on this level specifically, look at

216:13

this. 1,600

216:15

contracts traded all at the same level.

216:18

This, let me tell you, this is not a

216:20

retail trader. This is a big market

216:23

participant who was absorbing all of the

216:25

selling pressure. So probably there was

216:27

a huge order, for example, here. The

216:29

market was trying to sell into it but

216:31

couldn't make it. This order was like a

216:33

wall that price could not go through at

216:35

least at first and then price eventually

216:37

dropped. So these type of orderflow

216:39

anomalies is some things that orderflow

216:41

trading often look at. Also here for

216:43

example there were aggressive buyers

216:45

trying to buy this market but they were

216:47

completely blocked because they were

216:49

trying to buy from the ask but in the

216:51

ask there was this huge seller and

216:53

eventually price dropped. Also here

216:55

there was some sort of anomaly and this

216:57

way you can kind of track what the big

216:59

traders are doing in the market. So

217:01

let's start building a framework to

217:03

truly understand how to read these type

217:05

of chart and to do that let's help us

217:07

with another great indicator which is

217:08

orderflow values which is nothing more

217:10

than statistics then data about each

217:14

candle and these are very very simple

217:16

values regarding the orderflow of each

217:19

candle. So you have total volume here so

217:21

how many contracts were traded in this

217:23

specific candle. We have the delta of

217:25

this candle. So if the total candle

217:28

volume is the sum of all volume traded

217:32

in the ask. So aggressive buyers plus

217:34

the total sum of the volume traded in

217:37

the bid. So that equals volume. So if

217:39

you sum all of this column with all of

217:41

this column, all of these number add up

217:43

to 4,000. The delta takes all the

217:47

aggressive buyers trader who accepted

217:49

the ask minus all of these contracts

217:52

that accepted the bid. So ask minus bit

217:55

equals delta. So this is ask plus bit.

217:58

This is ask minus bit. And then you have

218:00

this number which is the delta

218:02

percentage which is basically this

218:04

number divided by this number expressed

218:07

in percentage. So 957

218:11

over 4,000 that's around 24%.

218:15

And that's this number. So how much

218:18

crowded was this candle? who was the

218:20

most aggressive participant in this

218:22

candle and how much aggressive he was

218:25

compared to the total volume. Super

218:27

super easy. And as we discussed in the

218:29

auction market theory model, we know

218:30

that there's some periods of the market

218:33

where the auction is in a situation of

218:35

balance and moments where we go in a

218:37

situation of imbalance. When we look at

218:39

footprint charts, we will define these

218:42

as responsive auctions and these as

218:46

initiative. For example, let's look at

218:48

this session on the S&P 500 on the 21st

218:52

of October. And what we saw happening

218:54

here was first a situation of balance,

218:56

then a situation of imbalance, then a

218:57

long situation of balance, and at the

218:59

end of the session, imbalance again. So,

219:01

let's look at what happened in these

219:03

candles, in these candles, these ones,

219:06

and this one. Let's zoom in and dissect

219:09

these candles. What you typically see in

219:12

slow price action and a phase of balance

219:15

and responsive auction. What you will

219:17

see is at the top of the candles a lot

219:20

of green. A lot of green here, green

219:22

here, green at the tops. And you will

219:24

also tend to see more darkness at the

219:27

bottom. Also here you can clearly see

219:29

more dark at the tops. You see a lot of

219:32

dark green. And all of this means one

219:34

thing that buyers are trying to buy into

219:37

these levels. But there's a lot of

219:39

people as passive sellers in the ask. So

219:42

a lot of people selling in this part of

219:44

the book absorbing all of this upward

219:48

pressure. That's what you call a

219:49

responsive auction because there is a

219:51

response from sellers here. And

219:55

typically what you will see in these

219:57

types of situation is an overall kind of

219:59

flat delta percentage low numbers right

220:03

1 7 8 typically below 10. And what you

220:07

will tend to see is also low volume. A

220:10

thousand contracts, couple thousand

220:11

contracts, couple thousand contracts.

220:13

Not a lot of volume going on, right? So

220:15

this is slow movement of price and slow

220:18

movement of orders. Then once we get out

220:20

of the balance, that's where you see the

220:23

volume numbers going up. So you see a

220:25

lot of aggressive volume and you see a

220:28

lot of imbalances. When you see three

220:31

levels of imbalance all at one place, we

220:34

call this an imbalance cluster. And

220:36

that's the clearest example of

220:38

initiation because sellers here are

220:41

willing to keep paying lower and lower

220:42

prices to get their hands on a buyer. So

220:45

sellers are eating every single level

220:47

and when buyers try to push up they're

220:50

again absorbed at the top absorbed at

220:52

the top and there's more aggressive

220:54

sellings with all these imbalances. Then

220:56

a phase of retracement starts and you

220:58

see we had 12 8 7,000 volumes 6,000

221:02

volumes 4,000 volumes. As soon as we go

221:05

up in the retracement part, you see that

221:07

volume kind of starts to dry out. That's

221:09

a typical thing in a phase of

221:10

retracement. In an impulse, you will see

221:13

high volume. In a retracement, you will

221:15

see kind of lower volume. Then, as much

221:18

as we move up, we start seeing more of

221:20

that patterns. At the top, more

221:21

absorption. We keep moving up and again,

221:24

what happens at the top of the candle? A

221:26

lot of dark green. A lot of dark, a lot

221:28

of dark green. We're getting responsive

221:30

again. So we can understand that all of

221:31

this area has been protected by passive

221:34

sellers. Let's see also when price comes

221:36

back here again we see the same pattern

221:38

happening. Buyers absorbed, buyers

221:40

absorbed, buyers absorbed. And the next

221:42

thing you notice is yes, we have low

221:45

volume. And as soon as we break out of

221:47

this balance and this responsive

221:50

auctions, that's when we have an

221:52

initiative candle. Boom. 1 2 3 4

221:55

imbalance cluster volume increasing. We

221:58

had 700 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 2,000.

222:02

We start getting more aggressive and

222:04

that's where we slowly slowly start

222:06

falling back down, but we're not ready

222:08

yet apparently. Let's see what happens

222:09

once we come back here again at the top.

222:12

What happens? Absorption responsiveness.

222:14

And the next thing you know is a

222:16

beautiful sell candle with 5,000

222:19

contracts. And that's where the new

222:21

trend starts. The following candle,

222:23

34,000 contracts. Look at all of this

222:26

crazy aggressive selling volume. So to

222:28

summarize order flow, we have seen that

222:30

the depth of market is basically the

222:32

menu with the bids and the ask, buy

222:35

limits and sell limits above and below

222:37

price. This is the central limit order

222:39

book, also known as the depth of market,

222:41

our menu. And then we have the time and

222:43

sales, which is basically telling us how

222:45

much volume was actually traded at every

222:47

level of price at a specific time, which

222:50

is the rawest form of actual order flow.

222:52

We can then see it through the lens of a

222:55

candlestick chart. So we can still have

222:57

our time frame candlestick with uh open,

223:00

low, high, and close levels. And on the

223:03

side having this our bid ask footprint

223:05

where on the left we have all of the

223:07

orders that hit the bid. So aggressive

223:10

sellers that accepted these buy offers

223:12

and on this side the orders that lifted

223:15

the ask or the aggressive buyers that

223:18

accepted these sell offer on the ask. If

223:20

these numbers are colored is because of

223:23

a situation of imbalance in the auction

223:25

that we calculate diagonally because we

223:28

always have one bid and one ask and the

223:30

auction follows like this. And we can

223:33

have a volume profile that is calculated

223:35

horizontally on every level of price.

223:38

And if we sum the bid and the ask we get

223:40

the total volume. If we do ask minus bid

223:43

we get the volume delta. So the net

223:46

aggression. And if we divide this by

223:48

this we get the delta percentage and

223:51

they respectively answer the question

223:53

how much participation there is who was

223:55

more aggressive if buyers or sellers and

223:58

exactly how aggressive were they and

224:00

these are the basic tools of orderflow

224:02

and we can read these tools by

224:04

remembering what the auction market

224:06

theory model looks like where we have

224:08

situations of balance and out of

224:10

balance. So ranging markets and

224:12

impulsive markets and we read a

224:14

situation of balance in the order flow

224:16

as a responsive type of auction of

224:18

liquidity where you typically have low

224:20

volume and low delta in the orderflow

224:22

values and buyers absorbed at the tops

224:25

if we're looking at the top balance. Of

224:28

course, the same thing goes for sellers

224:29

at the bottoms. If we are, let's say

224:31

here in the situations of out ofbalance

224:33

price discovery, aka these ones, that's

224:36

what we call an initiative auction that

224:39

typically has a lot of imbalance

224:41

clusters, a lot of really colorful

224:43

one-sided volume activity, aggression,

224:46

and typically higher delta and higher

224:48

participation, higher volume. And this

224:50

is how we distinguish looking at

224:51

orderflow the two different phases of

224:54

the auction market theory that we also

224:56

see in the super high time frames but

224:58

with the numbers in the shortterm

225:01

auction. Let's start for example to see

225:03

what is going on here and we can already

225:06

preview the fact that we have an

225:07

impulsive move and then a consolidation

225:10

right so we have the two phases of the

225:12

auction and to verify let's see what

225:14

happened where earlier in the auction we

225:16

had a lot of absorptions at the tops

225:18

absorption absorption absorption a lot

225:20

of greens at the top of the candles in

225:22

the top part of the range we keep going

225:24

with low volume low delta and then what

225:27

happens big candle with a lot of green

225:29

6,000 contracts high delta and the

225:33

initiation starts 4,000 4,000 3,000. You

225:36

see also this candle has a lot of green,

225:39

a lot of imbalance clustering. Keeps

225:41

going up, keeps going up, a lot of

225:42

volume. And then at some point right

225:44

over here, we find the sellers willing

225:47

to sell. So green on the top, green on

225:49

the top, a lot of green on the top. Look

225:51

at this one. 1,000 contracts in a single

225:54

cell. This is a big seller absorbing

225:56

like it's absorbing here. It's absorbing

225:58

here. It's absorbing here. 800

226:00

contracts. A lot of absorption. We keep

226:02

going forward. And here again, all these

226:04

buyers are absorbed at the tops. A lot

226:06

of green at the tops, but overall

226:08

auction volume is drying up and slowing

226:11

down. Now, this is the short-term order

226:12

flow. And we will need it to properly

226:14

understand how to analyze the market

226:16

when we day trade. But in order to do

226:18

that, let me load another important

226:21

chart that will help us understand,

226:22

let's say, the medium-term auction. Now

226:25

let's take a very clean chart and add on

226:27

top volume profile and the volume chart.

226:30

So if price is what as we said volume is

226:34

how volume is money and if we zoom out

226:38

we see that we have volume profile which

226:40

is total volume per level of price and

226:42

then we have horizontal volume or volume

226:45

by candle volume by time frame which is

226:48

the total volume traded in every single

226:50

one of these candles every single one of

226:52

these time frames. And you can clearly

226:54

see there's a rhythm in the money flow,

226:57

right? We have hours where there's a lot

226:58

of volume and hours where there's zero

227:00

to nonvolume. This is what we call the

227:03

RH or regular trading hour sessions.

227:06

Also commonly referred to as the New

227:08

York session or the cash session. And

227:11

then we have the Asian session and the

227:13

London session also commonly referred to

227:15

as electronic trading hours. And since

227:18

we are currently looking at the chart of

227:20

the ES, which is the E- mini S&P 500

227:23

future contract, which basically tracks

227:25

the S&P 500, and it's probably the most

227:28

traded future contract in the world and

227:30

one of the most traded assets

227:32

volume-wise in the world. And and this

227:34

contract, like many futures contracts,

227:36

is traded in the CME, the Chicago

227:38

Merkantile Exchange. And the trading at

227:40

the CME starts at 9:30 local time and

227:43

finishes at 400 p.m. local time or 3

227:45

p.m. local time. Anyway, in most of

227:48

these since we have this differentiation

227:50

between cash session and the rest of the

227:52

sessions, we want to mostly look at

227:54

where the most money is traded clearly.

227:56

And so we have this volume profile that

227:58

as you can see begins and ends in the

228:02

cash session and then we have a volume

228:04

profile for everything that is not cash

228:07

session. So one volume profile for the

228:09

cash session, one volume profile for

228:11

Asian and London session. And also if we

228:13

zoom into the horizontal volume chart,

228:16

we can clearly see a pattern, right? We

228:19

see there's a lot of volume in the open,

228:21

then volume dries down and then jumps

228:23

right back at the end. Also here, a lot

228:26

of volume at the start, maybe some

228:28

spikes here and there, and then one big

228:30

spike at the end. And that's the flow of

228:32

volume throughout the day. This part of

228:35

the session is also called the opening

228:37

auction. The last part of the day is

228:40

also called the closing auction. And in

228:42

both these instances, something very

228:44

interesting happens. Basically

228:45

institutional traders and you know

228:47

traders of all sorts will basically

228:49

pre-market place something called market

228:52

on open orders which is basically

228:56

contracts trades that are placed

228:58

slightly below market opens so that the

229:01

exchange can fill them during the first

229:03

few minutes of the session. The same

229:04

thing happens throughout the day. If for

229:06

example a big bank or an institution

229:09

couldn't manage to fill all of their

229:10

orders during the trading session, they

229:12

will also have markets on close orders

229:17

that will be executed all at once at the

229:19

end of the auction all at once at the

229:21

end of one cash session. And if for

229:23

example we go to financialju.com

229:26

which is my favorite uh news feed and

229:28

every trader's probably favorite

229:29

newsfeed and we go back at the beginning

229:32

of the session I am currently in Turkey.

229:34

So, the session begins at 4:30 p.m.

229:36

There you go. You have the M imbalance

229:39

or the market on open imbalance, which

229:42

basically tells you in the S&P 500,

229:45

there's an imbalance between buy and

229:47

sell of plus $14 million or shares. I'm

229:51

not sure if it's expressed in numbers of

229:53

shares, but anyway, 104 million in

229:56

market on open imbalance, which

229:58

basically mean there's 104 more buyers

230:00

than sellers. Same with the NASDAQ, with

230:02

the Dow, and with the Magnificent 7. To

230:04

be honest, this is not a huge imbalance.

230:06

But let's go back to yesterday, and you

230:08

will see that 10 minutes before the

230:10

closing of the session, we have the MOC

230:13

imbalance or market on close imbalance.

230:15

And typically, there's more volume. You

230:17

can see here S&P 500 almost a billion

230:20

imbalance. Same thing on the NASDAQ.

230:22

This is a huge positive imbalance. And

230:24

these are not necessarily reliable to

230:26

see what type of movements the market

230:28

will do in the open or in the closing

230:30

auction, but sometime they might. I'll

230:32

invite you to back test it yourself. And

230:34

then for each cash session, we have this

230:36

volume profile. And every volume profile

230:39

typically will have this colorful area

230:41

and then a gray area. This is called the

230:44

value area. And it is where 70% of the

230:48

volume is traded. Why 70% you ask? Glad

230:52

you asked. This is a bell curve also

230:54

known as the Gaussian curve because of

230:56

the mathematician that came up with it

230:58

and basically observed this sort of law

231:01

we could say that I will explain you

231:02

with an example. This is a chart

231:04

representing the distribution of penis

231:06

length in the I think US population. You

231:09

have a few people with a very small dick

231:10

and then an increasing amount of people

231:13

having averagesized dick and then a

231:16

decreasing number of people having a

231:18

bigger dick. This for example is the

231:20

distribution of male height. This

231:22

instead is the distribution of IQ in the

231:25

population of the US. And as you can

231:27

see, all of these elements in a sample

231:30

will tend to be for the 78%

231:33

within the average, a little less below

231:36

the average, and even lesser the extreme

231:39

below average or above average part. And

231:41

this happens in almost any observable

231:44

phenomenon or data sample. And so Gaus

231:46

came up with a calculation of the

231:48

distribution of probability. So how much

231:50

is the probability that a person will be

231:53

between the mean 68%. That interval is

231:55

what we call a standard deviation with

231:57

this sigma. This is minus and plus a

232:00

standard deviation. This is the second

232:02

standard deviation and this is the third

232:03

standard deviation. So within the first

232:05

standard deviation there's 68% or 70% of

232:09

the elements in a sample. 95% will be

232:12

under the second standard deviation. 99%

232:15

will be under the third standard

232:17

deviation. And well also in the volume

232:19

profile we do exactly the same thing. We

232:21

take one standard deviation of volume

232:24

see where the most volume was traded and

232:26

how statistically speaking volume was

232:29

distributed inside of an auction. And

232:31

this is a very interesting and useful

232:33

data point because we will likely see

232:35

that around these areas is where we get

232:37

with a higher probability a return to

232:40

the mean. Same over here. This is where

232:42

we're more likely to see a return to the

232:45

mean. So the level of one standard

232:47

deviation in the volume profile tells us

232:49

where it's likely that maybe in the next

232:51

session we will see price bouncing back

232:54

and up from not based on price not based

232:57

on a pattern but based on the

232:59

statistical distribution of volume in

233:02

the previous session. So this standard

233:04

deviation is also called the value area.

233:08

The upper end is called the value area

233:11

high. The lower area is called the value

233:14

area low. And then you have this line

233:17

which is not the mean exactly. It's the

233:20

mode. It's the level with the highest

233:22

concentration of samples. Also known as

233:25

the point of control, which is the

233:29

simply the level with the highest amount

233:30

of volume. All of these peaks in volume,

233:34

we will call them high volume nodes. All

233:38

of these areas with low volume, we will

233:40

call them low volume nodes, also known

233:43

as peaks and valleys. Let's take for

233:47

example this cash session. Let's take

233:49

the valary low and the valary high and

233:52

extend them. And we can clearly see that

233:54

the following session exactly respects

233:57

these levels with utmost precision. This

234:00

is because we are in a situation of

234:01

balance. And also in the following

234:03

London and Asian session, we stay in a

234:05

situation of balance because that's

234:07

where the market is agreeing is a fair

234:10

valuation, a fair price. But as soon as

234:14

we open the following cash session and

234:16

Trump maybe does some tweets. That's

234:18

where we have a bump right in the bottom

234:21

and then we break out of it, test it and

234:24

drop. And actually, if we go back, this

234:26

is exactly what happened here. This is

234:27

the volume standard deviation, the upper

234:29

part and the lower part. We drag them

234:32

forward. And here you can see we opened

234:34

here. We bounced back. We bounced back.

234:36

We tried to move out. Failed auction. We

234:39

dropped back in. Test this side and go

234:42

to the other one. This is how you use

234:43

the volume profile, by the way. And then

234:45

you can go inside of these areas. And to

234:47

time your entry, you can look at the

234:49

short-term auction. We have a phase of

234:51

responsive auction, initiative auction,

234:54

then again responsive auction. So we can

234:56

enter on the responsive auction as soon

234:58

as we get a indication. And as we see

235:01

for example when we see aggressive

235:02

seller kicking in and we trade to the

235:04

other side of the range. This is how you

235:06

follow the money inside of a daily

235:08

cycle. And as you can see these were

235:10

also the high and the low of this

235:13

current price distribution. Right? And

235:15

that's exactly where today we've had the

235:18

same sellers that out here broke out of

235:22

the range then came back tested this

235:24

area and dropped. these same aggressive

235:27

sellers that consider these prices to be

235:29

cheap enough to sell or premium enough

235:31

to sell, but at the same time not as

235:33

many buyers considering these prices

235:36

cheap enough to outweigh the selling

235:38

pressure in that same level. That's

235:40

exactly what happened here. If we follow

235:42

the money, the sellers who dominated the

235:44

previous auction at these levels kick in

235:47

again once and twice. And that's exactly

235:50

where a responsive type of auction

235:52

starts happening here. And as you can

235:54

see in the first part, we had a lot of

235:56

volume. As we approach this phase of

235:59

consolidation, volume kind of dries up.

236:02

And when does it spike again? When we

236:04

break out. So we break out, we test the

236:06

area and we go to the other side. Now

236:08

what is likely to happen? Since we are

236:11

on this side, I can for example draw

236:13

this volume profile over here. So I have

236:16

the full area and I know this is the

236:18

value area high. And this is where I

236:20

would expect sellers to consider these

236:22

prices to be premium enough to sort of

236:25

be present. And that's exactly where if

236:28

we take a lower time frame chart and

236:31

maybe draw in the tools from the other

236:33

chart. Let's see what happens here.

236:35

Well, that's exactly the area where we

236:37

were exactly seeing responsiveness.

236:39

Responsiveness again here. More

236:41

responsiveness, absorption, absorption,

236:45

and sellers getting more aggressive at

236:46

the top of the candles with these

236:48

imbalances. Now, for example, I can take

236:50

a volume profile of this area and see

236:52

that here where is where it's most

236:54

likely to see sellers joining the party

236:56

and going at least until here and maybe

236:59

have a failed auction below here or a

237:01

failed auction about here. So,

237:02

summarizing all the steps of the auction

237:05

analysis, now that we have understood

237:06

the basics of orderflow, we know that

237:08

the volume profile, it's basically the

237:10

distribution of volume and the value

237:11

area is the standard deviation. is the

237:14

first standard deviation where 70% of

237:16

the volume is traded where we have a

237:18

valer high a valera low and a point of

237:21

control which is the area and the level

237:23

specifically where most volume was

237:25

traded. The high volume nodes are peaks

237:27

in volume. The low volume nodes are

237:30

valleys in the volume profile just like

237:32

a canyon. And then we move on to the

237:35

auction analysis in the sessions. How do

237:38

the session work? We have cash session

237:40

where a lot of money is traded.

237:42

Pre-market electronic trading hour

237:44

sessions where not a lot of money is

237:45

traded. It depends on the market of

237:46

course. For example, in the DAX which is

237:49

the German stock market index, you have

237:51

much more volume here. And the regular

237:53

trading hours are here. But for the

237:55

stock market, the American stock market,

237:56

the S&P 500, this is the cash session

237:59

from 9:30 to around 4 p.m. And the

238:02

section structure is like this. You have

238:04

an opening auction, a lot of volume in

238:06

the beginning, less volume throughout

238:08

the session, and then a final burst of

238:09

volume with the closing auction and the

238:12

market on close orders. In the opening

238:14

auction, you have a market on open

238:16

orders. And in both of these cases, you

238:18

can have an imbalance that can push

238:20

price either up or down. And we can use

238:23

the levels. And when a trend is clearly

238:26

set, we can wait for a consolidation to

238:28

happen. Draw an area around the value

238:30

area high and the value area low. And in

238:32

the next few session either sell from

238:34

the top, buy from the bottom or wait for

238:37

a failed auction either up or down and

238:39

then a test to go to the other side of

238:41

the range. Either way and looking inside

238:43

of these areas how the money is behaving

238:46

to look for areas of responsive auction

238:49

and initiative auction which are

238:50

explained right here. And we can also by

238:52

the way use all of this with these

238:54

models over here. If you implement and

238:56

basically put together this together

238:59

with this, you realize it's pretty much

239:01

the same thing. And this is why I

239:03

personally consider this built by Tom

239:05

Forvville, the mentor of the world

239:06

trading champion, my mentor and also

239:08

partly Fabio's mentor as well as a

239:11

revolutionary way of understanding

239:13

market mechanics because it simplifies

239:15

everything we've seen in four to five

239:17

different patterns. And another thing

239:18

you might notice is that the session

239:20

structure of the volume is exactly what

239:23

we see here in how institution fill

239:26

their order with the VWAP logic where

239:28

there's more volume in the open, less

239:30

volume throughout the session and then

239:32

even more volume in the closing auction.

239:34

Exactly the same shape because this is

239:36

how the institutional money flows inside

239:38

of the market. And starting to observe

239:41

these situations combined with these

239:43

type of patterns. For example, we can

239:45

look for these setups and look for

239:48

confirmation with these type of

239:50

dynamics. Are we in a situation where

239:52

price can have a lot of movement because

239:53

there's a lot of volume? Maybe I'm going

239:55

to look for it in the cash session. For

239:56

example, this opening range breakout

239:59

strategy is specifically looking for the

240:01

first 15-minute candle of the cash

240:03

session and a breakout of that range

240:05

from a at least 5 minute candle. And for

240:07

example, in this previous session, we're

240:09

on the five-minute chart. Let's get the

240:11

volume going. We see this is where the

240:12

cash session start. This is the top of

240:15

the first 15-inut range. This is the

240:16

bottom of the first 15-minute range. We

240:18

have 1 2 3 5minute candle. That's 15

240:21

minutes. And for example, we can wait

240:22

for a breakout below a 5-minut candle

240:25

open closing below this low. And then we

240:28

can look for an extra confirmation with

240:29

our volume analyzer. And what do we see

240:32

here? Exactly during the breakout, we

240:34

can see a huge level of imbalance. This

240:37

is an imbalance cluster that coincides

240:39

also with the breakout below the big

240:41

value area here. And as soon as price

240:43

reaches this level, sellers clearly

240:45

start absorbing over here. So we have a

240:47

phase of absorption that continues

240:49

followed by aggressive selling. There's

240:51

a big buyer here trying to resist, but

240:54

eventually it fails. And this is a great

240:56

entry. Let's look at it from a shorter

240:58

time frame perspective. This is exactly

241:00

the area we're looking at. What we want

241:02

to see is first a responsive auction and

241:04

then an initiative auction as a

241:05

confirmation. And what do we see? Low

241:07

delta percentage 0 41. lot of green at

241:10

the top of the candle which indicates

241:12

absorption of buyers and right after

241:15

this phase of responsive auction a phase

241:18

of initiative auction increasing volume

241:20

more imbalance clusters this is the last

241:23

confirmation for our entry so we sell

241:25

here place our stop even slightly above

241:27

generously above the area and I dare to

241:30

say this was a pretty solid session I

241:33

mean this is an exemplary example so not

241:35

all session will be this awesome but

241:37

this is the same principle that we can

241:39

apply For example, here in today's

241:40

session, if we approach the market in

241:43

the exact same way, this is the first 5

241:45

minute. This is the opening range. As it

241:48

breaks out, we clearly have a long bias

241:51

for the day. But we're still below this

241:53

value error. We might want to wait until

241:55

price breaks in gives us a test here.

241:58

And here we look for longs to the other

242:00

side. Even just an a very basic opening

242:02

breakout strategy by the way here with a

242:04

stop-loss below this level would have

242:06

been profitable anyways with a lower

242:08

risk-to-reward ratio. But that's why we

242:10

want to wait for a confirmation for

242:11

example, right? So when the break inside

242:13

of this level happens, we see volume

242:16

increasing in the breakin and then

242:18

increasing again. We can check what

242:20

happened here also with this footprint

242:22

chart. You have buyers slightly being

242:23

absorbed here also here. But there's a

242:26

good momentum. Even buyers are still

242:28

absorbed here. There's a big seller

242:29

clearly here trying his best. So, what I

242:32

would personally do since it's also

242:33

doing it here, I would wait for this.

242:36

Let's say it's a guy that is constantly

242:38

blocking price from going up to be fully

242:41

walked through. And after that, these

242:43

guys won. This is a block of orders.

242:45

This is another block of orders. Another

242:47

block of orders. Another blocks of

242:49

orders. Another block of orders. Also

242:50

known as liquidity pockets. And that's

242:53

your order block, guys, because that's

242:54

where the war happens again. And we move

242:57

back up. Now I get it. This takes time

242:59

to properly master and understand. We

243:01

will make more video about this for

243:03

sure. But also in occasion of the launch

243:05

of this software which is deep charts,

243:08

me and Fabio are planning to host a boot

243:10

camp where we go exactly through this

243:12

type of strategies. And Fabio used these

243:14

exact concepts to win four times at the

243:17

World Scalping Championship. By the way,

243:19

we are still here by we're still here

243:21

where we were analyzing shortly before

243:23

and see what happens here again.

243:24

Responsive auction. Responsive auction

243:26

absorption at the top. Absorption at the

243:28

top. Now we are getting some initiative

243:30

short. So we're likely to see more

243:32

volume in the breakout typically. And

243:34

there's two options here as we're

243:36

dropping below all of these lows, we'll

243:37

see typically some aggressive selling.

243:40

And this is where I would expect some

243:42

more pump up. But if by any chance since

243:45

we are in this area and that's where

243:46

we're expecting some aggressive selling

243:48

as we discussed if we do this and then

243:51

maybe break even below here with huge

243:53

imbalance this is could be actually a

243:55

good idea for selling. If below the

243:57

breakout we have high volume and this is

244:00

basically how you can follow through

244:02

order flow and through volume analysis

244:04

the auction of markets with a very

244:07

objective understanding of the markets.

244:10

And well, look at what happened. Exactly

244:12

as we were saying, we were expecting

244:13

some bearishness. Same sellers as we

244:15

were talking about here. We had the

244:17

responsive auction here. We started with

244:19

some aggressiveness and with some 4,000

244:21

contracts. We pulled back a little bit

244:23

and then we melted down and the closing

244:27

auction has just started by the way and

244:29

we see a lot of sell orders, a lot of

244:31

selling balance. We can check if there's

244:34

have been a market on close imbalance on

244:37

the short side. So, we move all the way

244:39

up. Wow, that's a big imbalance. That's

244:42

3 billion worth of imbalance on the S&P,

244:45

1 and a.5 billion on the NASDAQ, and

244:47

we're keeping going lower apparently for

244:49

now. And now we need to understand what

244:51

happens after this candle. And this is,

244:53

by the way, the second thing that I like

244:56

to go kind of deeper that we didn't

244:57

delve too much deep into, but the real

245:00

game happened around these value areas,

245:02

right? Because as we discussed here,

245:04

these are the areas where it's

245:06

comfortable to trade for smart money

245:07

because smart money prefers slow and

245:09

liquid markets. These moments of price

245:11

discovery is where one side is stronger

245:14

than the other in the auction. And then

245:15

these failed auctions happen where

245:18

aggressive buyers keep buying higher but

245:20

aggressive sellers find this very high

245:22

so they bring price back in. So what

245:24

happens during these failed auction is

245:26

also crucial to kind of understand how

245:28

to act when a new initiation outside of

245:31

a phase of balance happens. So we can

245:33

approach a phase where price let's say

245:36

is moving high and has just created a

245:38

new situation of balance and we have a

245:40

volume distribution similar to this one.

245:43

This is the value area approximately. So

245:45

there's realistically four things that

245:47

can happen. The first thing that can

245:48

happen is that we break above and keep

245:50

going higher. Let's call this scenario

245:52

number one. Scenario number two is that

245:54

we break below and keep dropping below

245:58

the scenario two. So these are

245:59

breakouts, very normal breakouts. Option

246:01

three is price breaks out and then

246:04

breaks back in and then moves to the

246:06

other side. Another option is market

246:08

tries to auction higher but fails and

246:10

gets back into the comfort area. And of

246:12

course there's also an option where we

246:13

just bounce back from this area or

246:16

bounce back up from this area. So the

246:18

key is understanding that these areas

246:20

are the one that we need to take most

246:22

care of.

246:24

[bell] Well, apparently we closed our

246:27

day, we closed our auction and there you

246:29

go. A lot of volume in the last part of

246:31

the session. The closing auction is over

246:33

and now we have the settlement and then

246:35

a new session will begin tomorrow. So

246:37

basically this was a comfort area. This

246:39

was a big failed auction and then we

246:41

went back into balance and likely we're

246:43

going to stay here for a while. If not,

246:45

we're going to break out or let's see

246:47

back at our explanation. What we truly

246:49

want to see is how price behaves around

246:51

these areas, right? And what does it

246:53

mean on an auction level? So, the key

246:55

thing is here the buyers were dominating

246:58

the auction higher. There was a

247:00

situation of imbalance and high

247:03

initiative where we have a high positive

247:05

delta and a lot of volume. And all of

247:08

this happens because buyers are

247:10

constantly willing to pay higher prices

247:12

to get their hands on the underlying

247:14

asset. And then at some point both this

247:16

buying pressure and selling pressure

247:18

agrees that this is a fair price to

247:20

trade, right? And that's why they trade

247:22

a long time here. There's a lot of

247:24

volume of transactions. So it's

247:26

reasonable to expect at least at the

247:28

beginning in the early stages of a

247:29

consolidation that most breakouts will

247:32

fail. So in the early stages of a new

247:34

fair valuation, there's a higher

247:36

likelihood that we'll see something like

247:37

this or this. So setup three and four.

247:40

And how we want to basically trace these

247:42

is that when price is going down, of

247:45

course, there will be a burst of volume,

247:47

but then the following candles go lower

247:49

in volume. There's less and less

247:51

interest. Again, less volume. Volume

247:54

dries again. And then when we start

247:56

auctioning back inside of the range, we

247:58

see more volume coming in and an

248:01

initiation phase. This is what we call a

248:04

failed auction. And this is a good

248:05

indication that price might reverse

248:07

after this. If instead what happens

248:10

here, the same thing of course would

248:11

happen above here, but of course on the

248:13

other side. So all of these are

248:15

confirmations and then we can look

248:16

inside of the candles with orderflow to

248:18

see if we can recognize some of the

248:21

responsive auction but most of all

248:23

initiative auction when we drop back

248:24

inside of the range. So this is the

248:26

first option and this is the first let's

248:28

say trade idea right the second idea is

248:30

when we have an actual breakout. How do

248:32

we want to evaluate a breakout? Well,

248:35

what we'd like to see here and here is

248:38

ideally a situation where for the sell

248:41

setup drop lower, we drop lower with a

248:44

high intensity and high volume with a

248:46

higher participation with initiative and

248:48

intensive activity. And as we move back

248:51

to test this area, either an absorption

248:54

here, so a responsive auction from

248:55

sellers. So, we want to see the same

248:57

sellers that caused their strength. And

249:00

if they actually do that and maybe even

249:03

break below, then we know it's a

249:05

qualified sell setup. So, again, we want

249:07

to see increase in volume and again

249:09

increase in volume. We don't want to see

249:10

a dry up in volume. We want to see a lot

249:12

of activity here. Same thing over here.

249:14

As we break above the value area, we

249:16

want to see a good initiative and then a

249:19

pullback and then again either some form

249:21

of absorption here or a form of

249:23

exhaustion. So basically a decrease in

249:26

sell activity at the bottom of the

249:27

candles which is the ideal scenario and

249:29

that's already a good buy setup. And

249:32

unlike this one, this is in favor of the

249:34

trend. So we might be a little more

249:36

aggressive than this one which is a

249:37

reversal setup because we're clearly

249:39

long. And then you have these situations

249:41

that could happen. I wouldn't say

249:42

they're more rare, but I normally prefer

249:44

to wait for this to happen instead. But

249:47

this could still be a potential setup

249:49

where we wait for an absorption here and

249:51

an initiative. absorption and

249:53

initiative. So responsive plus

249:55

initiative. And these are the principles

249:58

behind for buying setups and for selling

250:00

setups that you can kind of implement

250:02

together with with this logic and that

250:04

you can even more objectify if you build

250:07

them on top of a gap fill strategy and

250:09

opening range breakup strategy and stuff

250:10

like that. So this is basically

250:12

everything you need to know about

250:13

auction analysis and order flow and the

250:16

rest you know is practice. You need to

250:18

look a lot. As I said, this is part of

250:21

building a discretionary narrative. And

250:23

you're not just going to do it by

250:24

looking at price action. You want to do

250:26

it looking at order flow, looking at

250:27

what happens behind the candles, look at

250:29

the money flow inside of the market. And

250:31

that's how then, as I said, you can

250:33

build this discretion on top of

250:36

preackaged

250:38

edges that have proven to work for a

250:40

long time to then improve your edge and

250:42

your trading. And if you together with

250:44

this you give also a context of where we

250:47

are at at the macroeconomic level. What

250:50

are the fundamentals of the asset and

250:52

what is likely the next macroeconomic

250:55

scenario. You can even align yourself

250:57

with a big long-term money flow thanks

251:00

to fundamentals with a clear

251:02

understanding on how the money is moving

251:05

and with clear strategies and models to

251:08

be able to ride the waves and serve the

251:10

waves of money by being on the right

251:13

side of the money flow with a decent

251:16

statistical edge. And I would say to get

251:18

even deeper and let's also say the final

251:20

step of this course especially since

251:23

we're talking mostly about indices

251:24

because remember that indices are

251:26

typically going up. They have these

251:29

edges that have been working for

251:30

decades. So they are very solid and we

251:33

have access to all of this money flow

251:36

but also and the reason why I like them

251:38

is because they're fully transparent not

251:40

only on the futures orderflow not only

251:42

the order flow that you can also see

251:44

through the individual stocks of the S&P

251:47

500 but the next thing the last piece of

251:50

the puzzle that you need to know to

251:51

understand properly how the daily rhythm

251:54

of the money flow is set inside of a

251:57

session is understanding the impact of

252:00

options. option flow. And in order to

252:02

understand option flow, we need to first

252:03

understand what options are. By the way,

252:05

this map is absolutely huge. Probably

252:08

the I've been shooting this video for

252:10

like weeks now. Even though you see the

252:13

same setup all the time, if you notice,

252:15

my hair and my beard kind of grew and

252:17

then they and then I cut it and you can

252:18

see the passage of time in my face.

252:21

That's crazy. So, uh, let me understand

252:23

where can I put them the option flow.

252:25

Let's put it here. So options are a very

252:28

fascinating yet complex financial

252:31

instrument and market and options are a

252:35

financial derivative just like futures

252:37

as you know you know there's underlying

252:39

assets let's say it's the S&P 500 the

252:41

S&P and you can basically have

252:44

derivatives right so we have you can

252:45

trade it to through futures you can

252:47

trade a CFD you can trade an ETF and you

252:50

can trade options on the S&P or you can

252:54

trade you know the single stocks of the

252:56

S&P, for example, the Magnificent 7 and

252:59

stuff like that. But that would be kind

253:00

of trading the underlying asset, right?

253:02

And the reason why options are so

253:03

important is that if you sum the total

253:06

volume, the nominal volume of single

253:09

stocks, ETFs, CFDs, futures on the

253:13

underlying asset of the American stock

253:15

market. All of this is combined not as

253:19

big as the option market. So the option

253:22

market is absolutely the biggest

253:24

financial derivative in the stock

253:26

market. So big that this became the

253:29

underlying asset itself which is kind of

253:32

crazy. And the flow of options contracts

253:35

that flows inside of the market. It's

253:37

part of the causes of the futures and

253:40

the underlying price movement. And you

253:42

can basically follow the option flow to

253:45

kind of spot where this type of flow

253:47

will affect the market and how. Now you

253:49

have to understand that options are a

253:50

more complicated financial instrument

253:52

right and they kind of work like an

253:54

insurance and you have two types of

253:57

option contracts calls and puts. A call

254:02

option basically gives the owner the

254:04

right to buy a certain let's say stock

254:07

for example at a price defined strike

254:10

price within a specific date also known

254:13

as the expiration. That's the call

254:15

option. The put option gives the owner

254:18

the right to sell a certain stock at a

254:20

price called strike within a specific

254:22

date. So if you buy a call is because

254:25

you want to buy. So you typically buy a

254:27

call when you expect price to rise. You

254:30

buy a put when you expect price to drop.

254:33

And why would you do that? Well, for

254:35

example, a lot of big funds are long US

254:38

equity market. So they are long stocks.

254:41

They bought stocks. So imagine for

254:43

example, you're a hedge fund. You bought

254:44

Apple at this price. Now the price is

254:47

here and you expect a retracement. You

254:50

want to kind of mitigate this draw down.

254:52

You want to hedge this draw down without

254:55

having necessarily to sell the stock and

254:58

close your trade. So what you can do,

255:00

you can buy a put option. And when you

255:02

buy a put option, you're basically

255:04

insuring yourself against a possible

255:07

bare market on the stock. So you buy the

255:10

option, literally the option of selling

255:12

it at this price. Let's say this price

255:15

is $1,000. So you would buy the put at

255:19

$1,000. And to buy this, you pay a

255:23

premium, which is the price of the

255:24

option, for example. Let's say you pay

255:27

$100. So that's what you pay. That's

255:28

kind of your stop-loss, if you will. And

255:30

if price drops and the expiration comes,

255:34

so your option expires and let's say now

255:36

price is $800. So the price has dropped

255:40

$200. When you buy a put option and

255:43

let's say for example you buy one

255:45

contract, so one option contract, one

255:47

option contract typically corresponds to

255:50

100 stocks. So 100 units of the

255:54

underlying stock. So this $200 of price

255:57

drop in the stock of Apple will be

255:59

basically your profit multiplied by 100

256:02

times. So your option at expiration is

256:05

worth $20,000 because if you were to

256:08

exercise the option of selling that

256:11

stock actually at 1,000 and you had a

256:14

100 of them, you could basically resell

256:15

it right away at the current price and

256:17

have a profit of $20,000. So you have a

256:20

leverage effect, a multiplier effect of

256:23

a 100. And so typically in options you

256:25

have something called the payoff chart

256:28

where you have the strike. So the price

256:29

of the underlying asset the stock and

256:31

let's say we were here right when we

256:34

bought the put option at $1,000 of price

256:37

of Apple. Now the price is $800. So if

256:41

normally you see price going down on the

256:43

y ais here you have price on the xaxis.

256:47

On the y- axis instead you have the p

256:49

and l. So the profit and loss. So your

256:52

payoff chart and let's say this line is

256:56

$0. So at $1,000 you paid a premium of

257:01

$100, right? So this is let's say the

257:03

negative level. This is what you paid

257:05

$100. So if the price stays exactly

257:08

where it is, that's what you will pay.

257:10

And if price by any chance goes up, so

257:13

so the price of Apple goes up, you still

257:15

paid $100. That's your maximum loss.

257:17

You're not going to lose more than that.

257:19

So even if price reaches $1,200, it does

257:22

20% up, you still lose only $100. But as

257:26

we said, as soon as price drops, you

257:28

start earning money. So you see your

257:29

profit line going up and then keeps

257:32

going up until, let's say, you reach uh

257:34

$800 and your P&L here is, as we said,

257:37

$20,000. So as soon as you buy it,

257:39

you're basically losing for a little

257:41

bit. Then you pass the break even line

257:43

and you're in profit. Potentially

257:45

unlimited profit until we reach of

257:47

course the strike of $0. And that's the

257:50

payoff chart of a put option. For call

257:52

option is exactly the same but opposite.

257:54

So let's say you are a hedge fund which

257:57

is short a stock. So you have a short

257:59

position here. Let's say you're short

258:01

Tesla at $800. But you expect the Tesla

258:05

price to kind of retrace before going

258:07

down. How do you hedge yourself from a

258:08

possible upward movement? You buy a call

258:11

option and say you buy one call. Let's

258:13

say here the price is $650. So you buy

258:17

one call at 650. So if price goes high

258:20

and let's say reaches $750, the stock

258:24

has risen of $100 times 100, your profit

258:28

would be $10,000.

258:30

So this is how the payoff chart of your

258:32

call option would look like. At 650, you

258:35

basically bought your call option and

258:37

you paid your $100. Then you're losing

258:40

until you reach the break even line. So

258:41

price goes a little bit up, a little bit

258:43

up, then it shoots up to 750. You earn

258:46

$10,000 and price can even go to zero

258:49

and you'll still lose only $100. So this

258:52

is what happens when you buy a put

258:54

option or you buy a call option. And

258:57

here you're basically, as I said, buying

258:59

an insurance against price going up or

259:02

buying an insurance against price going

259:04

down. you will truly understand the

259:05

meaning of insurance while we look at um

259:08

the Greeks what determines eventually

259:10

the price of a option. But as we said,

259:13

buying a call or buying a put gives the

259:16

buyer the right to sell or buy a certain

259:20

stock at a price within a specific date

259:23

or expiration. But how about the seller?

259:26

So if I am the insurer is the seller of

259:29

option. If you sell an option, it gives

259:31

you the obligation to buy a certain

259:34

stock at a price within a specific date

259:36

if that option is exercised. So for

259:39

example, a sell call payoff chart. If

259:42

this was the buy, what the insurer does

259:46

is he is the one earning that $100 and

259:49

he's in profit throughout all this time

259:52

and his potential loss is virtually

259:54

unlimited. So the premium that the buyer

259:56

pays is the profit of the seller. The

260:00

profit that eventually the called buyer

260:02

will be paid by the seller and the loss

260:04

could be potentially unlimited. In the

260:06

buy put pay of chart is exactly the

260:08

opposite. The profit of the put buyer is

260:11

the loss of the put sellers and the

260:14

premium that $100 that the put buyer

260:17

paid is actually the profit of the

260:20

option seller while the potential loss

260:22

is technically unlimited. Now, here I am

260:25

in my favorite option trading platform,

260:27

which is Thinkorswim by Charles Schwab.

260:29

And here you have something called the

260:30

option chain, which is a huge list of

260:33

all the options that you can buy or sell

260:35

in, in this case, the S&P 500. And you

260:38

have options basically expiring every

260:40

day of the week down until December 25

260:43

years from now, 2030. We got options

260:46

expiring on 2029, 2028, 2027, 2026, all

260:49

of 2025. And ultimately, we have these

260:52

daily options. And as you see 0 1 4 5 6

260:56

7 8 11 12 blah blah blah these are the

260:59

days to expiration. So how many days are

261:02

missing till the option eventually

261:04

expires. We also call this DTE

261:08

right days till expiration. And if I

261:11

open for example tomorrow's options this

261:13

is the option chain. How to read it very

261:15

easily? You have the strike price at the

261:17

center. So this is the prices of S&P

261:20

500. If you go all the way down, you can

261:22

see that price of S&P goes down and down

261:23

and down and down and down. As I go down

261:25

and down and down, the price goes up and

261:28

it goes up basically every five points.

261:30

660, 65, 70, 75, 80,85 and so on and so

261:34

forth. And in this side of the screen,

261:36

you have the puts. In this side of the

261:38

screen, you have the calls. And this

261:39

line here basically makes you understand

261:41

that the current price of the S&P is

261:43

between 735 and 740. As you can see, the

261:46

close of today was 6,738, which is

261:49

exactly in the middle of these two

261:50

prices. You have the bid and you have

261:52

the ask. And just like any other market,

261:54

you buy from asks and you sell to the

261:57

bid. So for both call options and put

262:00

option, as we said, you can either buy

262:03

or sell. So also here, this is basically

262:05

the order book with the best bid and the

262:07

best ask. all of these area. So where

262:10

the current price is, these strikes are

262:13

called at the money because they're at

262:17

where the price is now. So for puts,

262:20

these are at the money. These are out of

262:24

the money. These are in money. ATM, ATM,

262:29

OTM. For the calls, these are in the

262:32

money. These are still at the money. And

262:34

these are out of the money. just some

262:36

options slang you might want to know. So

262:38

we've understood what is a call, we

262:40

understood what is a put, what are their

262:43

payoff chart for the buyer and for the

262:47

seller. We've looked at the option chain

262:49

and now we're going to go to options.com

262:52

and build for example a long call. This

262:54

is a very useful toolkit for option

262:57

traders. And so we start with S&P that

263:00

is currently at 6738.

263:02

And we can choose the expiration. This

263:05

is the next day expiration expiring in

263:07

four days in five in six and so on and

263:09

so forth. If I move this you will see

263:11

behind is the price the current price of

263:13

S&P. So when I put it here it's

263:16

basically at the money and this is the

263:18

payoff chart. Let's zoom out with this

263:21

thing over here this controller over

263:22

here. And here you can see that the

263:24

maximum loss if you're long a call. So

263:27

if you buy a call and you buy one call

263:29

of S&P 500 at the money so where so

263:33

where the option strike equals the

263:35

current price of the underlying asset

263:36

your max profit is infinite your maximum

263:39

loss is capped to $2,500. This is the

263:42

price of buying a call option at the

263:44

money expiring tomorrow. If instead of

263:46

buying it at the money, so where price

263:48

is now I go at higher prices. So I go

263:51

out of the money. You see now that is

263:54

really less expensive buy a call above

263:56

the current price because the likelihood

263:58

of price being there at expiration is

264:02

really low and the chance of me making

264:04

profit is very low. That's why we call

264:06

this out of the money. If instead I were

264:08

to buy the same call below the current

264:11

price, look at this number here. As I go

264:13

lower, my chance of profit goes higher

264:16

because the price is here and my option

264:18

is way below the current price. That's

264:20

why we say it's in the money because I'm

264:22

basically trying to buy in a situation

264:24

where I'm already in profit and I have a

264:26

higher probability of closing it in

264:28

profit. But of course, that's why the

264:30

price is higher. Let's now switch to put

264:32

and do the exact same example. Now I am

264:34

at the money where the price is

264:36

currently. If I put if if I buy a put at

264:40

lower prices, there's a lower chance

264:42

that price will do all of that

264:43

excursion, right? So, my chance of

264:45

profit is really low. That's why we call

264:47

it out of the money because I'm buying

264:49

the right to sell at a lower price than

264:51

the current price. Instead, if I buy it

264:54

in the money, my chance of profit will

264:56

be higher, but I will have to pay a way

264:58

higher premium because I'm reserving the

265:00

right to sell at a price which is higher

265:02

than the current price. That's why we

265:04

call it in the money. Now let's try to

265:06

instead of buying one contract, selling

265:08

one contract. So now we're short a put.

265:11

Our chance of profit is 61% based on a

265:14

normal distribution of probabilities of

265:17

where the price will be at expiration.

265:20

Our maximum loss can be really really

265:22

high and our maximum profit will be

265:25

$2,000 which is our credit. This is of

265:28

course if I sell at the money. If I sell

265:31

it out of the money, my chance of profit

265:33

goes really really high, 96% based on a

265:36

normal statistical distribution of

265:38

probabilities of where the price will be

265:40

at expiration. My profit though will be

265:42

really really low. If I sell in the

265:44

money instead, my chance of profit is

265:47

very lower. The profit I will take is

265:49

much higher. Now I'm selling a call. And

265:51

if I sell it, my chance of profit will

265:53

be really high, but my maximum loss can

265:55

be infinite. Technically speaking, if I

265:57

stay in the money instead, my chance of

265:59

profit will be lower, but my max profit

266:01

will be extremely high, even though the

266:03

loss can be technically still infinite.

266:05

And the cool thing about option is that

266:07

I can buy and sell multiple legs as we

266:10

say. So let's say now I'm short a put. I

266:13

can also sell a call. And what will

266:15

happen is something really interesting.

266:17

This is called a short straddle. In this

266:19

way, I'm basically betting that price

266:22

will stay within this range. And if it

266:24

stays within this range, I'm making

266:25

money. If not, I'm losing a lot of

266:27

money. So, it's more than so more than

266:30

betting on price going up or price going

266:32

down. I'm betting on the fact that

266:35

volatility will be low. If I buy them

266:38

instead at the money, I'm basically

266:40

betting that price will be volatile and

266:43

exit either from one side or the other.

266:45

I don't care because I'll make money

266:47

either way. So these are nondirectional

266:50

strategies because it doesn't matter

266:51

where price goes if up or down. It

266:53

matters that is very volatile and we

266:56

still didn't get into the real sauce

266:57

yet. But you can already start

266:58

understanding that being able to bet on

267:01

volatility gives you a much wider range

267:04

of ways to express yourformational

267:07

advantage or your statistical edge. And

267:09

that's why so many professional traders

267:11

or investors approach options. I

267:14

strongly advise against trading options

267:16

as a first thing to begin with because

267:18

they're more complicated as we will see

267:20

now. So don't just jump into options

267:22

without knowing what you're doing

267:23

because as we said, especially if you're

267:25

selling naked puts and calls, the max

267:27

loss can be unlimited. But now you at

267:29

least understand why so many

267:31

institutional traders go for options and

267:33

why they're such a big market because

267:36

they're traded in really high volume.

267:38

plus every single one of these contracts

267:40

equals 100 times the underlying asset.

267:44

Now let's make an example. Let's say you

267:46

are an insurance company selling and

267:48

let's say you sell fire insurance. And

267:51

for this fire insurance, of course,

267:52

you'll charge a premium. And let's

267:54

imagine two scenarios. In one scenario,

267:57

you're close to a forest and a fire has

268:00

just started and it's a very dry season.

268:02

In the second scenario, you're in a

268:05

desert in Siberia and there's no signs

268:08

of fire around. Which one of these

268:11

insuranceances will be riskier for you?

268:13

So, you will have to charge a way higher

268:15

premium to ensure someone against a

268:18

fire? Well, of course, this one. Why?

268:20

Because this has a high probability of

268:23

happening. This instead has a low

268:25

probability of happening. Now, let's add

268:28

another scenario on top. Let's say this

268:30

fire insurance covers you for 10 years.

268:33

This other fire insurance covers you for

268:36

5 days. Well, in 10 years a lot of stuff

268:38

can happen. You want to charge a higher

268:40

premium. In 5 days, there's a lesser

268:42

probability that a big fire will happen.

268:44

So, you'll charge less. So, there is a

268:46

time component to insurance risk. So,

268:49

there's two factors. The implied

268:52

probability of an event happening and

268:54

you have a time component. The same

268:56

thing happens also with financial

268:59

options. The implied probability of an

269:01

event happening is the implied

269:04

volatility and the time component is

269:06

also referred to as time decay. These

269:09

are two very important components of how

269:12

we calculate the price of an option. If

269:14

the implied volatility is high, the

269:17

premiums will be higher because there's

269:19

a fire happening inside of a forest. If

269:21

the implied volatility is low because

269:23

we're in a desert means that the market

269:25

is not expecting huge price movements

269:27

then the premiums will be lower and

269:28

through time as we've also seen for

269:31

longer expirations the premium will be

269:33

higher for short-term expiration the

269:35

premium will be lower and of course if

269:37

we're talking about financial markets as

269:39

we have seen with at the money in the

269:41

money out of the money the underlying

269:43

price is also a factor. So we have

269:46

implied volatility, time decay and

269:49

underlying price. All of these three

269:51

things contribute to the variations and

269:54

the fluctuations of price of an option

269:57

and and the profit or the losses you

269:59

will incur. And there is a model called

270:01

the black and schles model. Hope I write

270:04

that correctly which basically takes

270:06

into consideration these calculate the

270:08

price of the so-called European style

270:10

options. I'm not going to get deep into

270:12

that now. And these three factors can be

270:14

summarized in what we call the option

270:17

Greeks. Greek letters called delta,

270:20

vega, and theta. Then to be honest,

270:22

there's also a another factor that I

270:24

wouldn't say it's less it's sort of less

270:26

important or less, let's say, affecting

270:28

the day-to-day uh option pricing

270:30

movements, which is so-called risk-free

270:32

interest rates. So, a part of the price

270:35

of the option is also influenced by, for

270:37

example, the central bank's interest

270:39

rates. The Greek of this is the raw.

270:41

just know it for now. But delta, vega,

270:43

and theta are way more important. And

270:45

and delta basically answers the

270:46

question, how much does price of my

270:49

option change given a one point movement

270:52

the price of the underlying asset. So

270:55

for example, if the price of S&P 500

270:57

goes up from here to here five points,

271:01

how much does the price of my option

271:02

change? Let's go back to option strat.

271:05

And you have to know that this chart is

271:07

payoff chart once the option is expired.

271:10

But as I buy it, I still didn't mature

271:13

my premium cuz price is still exactly

271:16

where it was and no time has passed. So

271:18

if I bought a call option now and resell

271:21

it right now, I would be at break even.

271:23

And as you can see, make it even wider

271:25

to make it more obvious. First, when I

271:27

buy a call at the money at lower prices,

271:30

at lower prices of the underlying asset,

271:32

this line is not really changing, right?

271:34

Then you go up and it start changing

271:36

fast. Then it goes up. And if I were to

271:38

ask you how fast is this curve rising,

271:41

which basically means as the price of

271:43

the underlying asset goes up, how does

271:45

my profit and loss go up? We would

271:47

probably say that this is rising pretty

271:50

slow, basically flat. And then it start

271:53

rising faster. Look at this. Start

271:55

rising faster. It start rising faster.

271:57

And it start rising faster because we're

272:00

going more and more upwards. We're

272:02

rising faster. We're rising faster. and

272:04

we basically plateau at around 45

272:07

degrees right in fact if I take the

272:09

chart of the delta that's exactly the

272:11

type of curve you will see at first the

272:14

curve was flat then it started reaching

272:16

high and then it started going straight

272:18

right so if this curves measure the

272:20

speed at which profit and loss goes

272:22

higher this is how it would look like

272:24

when we are at the money as you can see

272:26

the delta is 50 so every one point of

272:29

underlying price movement the price of

272:31

my option will go up by $50 let's go

272:33

back to the profit and loss. Now, my

272:35

option is worth, let's say, zero. Let's

272:36

say I move around 20 points later. 20 *

272:40

50 is exactly $1,000, which is my

272:43

profit. So, price moved 20 points. My

272:46

profit went up $1,000. $1,000 divided by

272:51

20 points is exactly 50. That is my

272:55

delta. If I click on delta, that's

272:57

exactly 50. I hope that's clear. The

273:00

Vega answers, how much does the price of

273:03

an option change given a variation in

273:06

the implied volatility, which means the

273:09

volatility that the market expects it to

273:12

be there. Let's make an example. We

273:13

bought a call. We bought an insurance

273:15

against a fire happening. And let's say

273:18

the implied volatility, which is the

273:19

probability the fire will happen, starts

273:22

spiking all of a sudden. Well, now my

273:24

insurance is worth way more because

273:27

there's a fire going on. So, I can now

273:29

sell this insurance back to someone else

273:31

in this market for a profit because the

273:33

implied volatility, the implied

273:36

probability that that event will happen

273:37

is extremely high. Same thing if we

273:39

bought a put. If the implied volatility

273:42

is low, then my insurance on on the fire

273:45

is not going to be worth much. But if

273:47

the fire starts, that's where my option

273:50

my insurance is valuable. And then, of

273:52

course, you have time decay. As much as

273:55

time goes forward, my option at the

273:57

money is worth less and less. This is a

274:01

chart of the Vega and how it's impacting

274:04

prices. And as you can see, it follows.

274:07

We have this line, right? We have this

274:08

line. And then we have the distribution

274:10

of probabilities. As soon as the implied

274:12

volatility increases also, the

274:13

distribution of the probabilities that

274:15

price will stay in that range is lower

274:18

and lower and expands the range where

274:20

price is likely to be. And the influence

274:22

is really high before expiration. But as

274:24

soon as we get closer and closer to the

274:27

expiration, the impact of volatility on

274:29

the price of the option will be really

274:30

low because even though there's a fire,

274:32

the option is about to close. So it will

274:34

just interfere with all the other

274:36

strikes until it finally dissolves.

274:39

Theta instead there's a huge a effect at

274:41

the money at the beginning is kind of

274:43

low then it increasingly higher and

274:44

higher and more important at the money

274:47

than it is in the money out of the money

274:49

and then eventually disappears because

274:50

the time is officially decayed. So theta

274:53

answers the question how much does the

274:55

price of an option change through time

274:57

and all of this is crucial to understand

275:00

if we want to understand the impact of

275:01

option flow in the underlying market and

275:04

also understand some reason behind the

275:06

intraday movements of stocks and in

275:08

order to truly understand it we need to

275:09

introduce one last Greek which is a

275:12

second great Greek because it's a Greek

275:14

derived from another Greek because from

275:16

the delta we can calculate the gamma and

275:19

the gamma answers the question how much

275:22

Does delta change given a onepoint

275:26

movement in the price of the underlying

275:29

asset? So, back to option strat. Let's

275:32

recap what the delta was. We said that

275:34

the delta was measuring how fast this

275:37

line goes up, right? And as we said,

275:40

it's not going fast at all here. Then it

275:42

starts to go faster, then faster up,

275:45

faster up, faster up, faster up until it

275:49

basically goes at the same speed up,

275:51

right? So this is kind of the measure of

275:53

the speed of the profit and loss line

275:55

and that's delta, right? But now we can

275:58

do the same thing here and say for

276:00

example, how fast is this rising up?

276:02

Well, here is pretty slow. Then it start

276:04

going faster up. Here we're at the

276:06

maximum speed and then the speeds get

276:09

slower, right? So we're not going so

276:11

fast anymore. And that in fact is the

276:13

chart of gamma. It's measuring the

276:15

change of the delta through price. So

276:18

recapping real quick, we've understood

276:20

what options are. We've understood how

276:22

the payoff chart works. What's the

276:24

option chain? And with an example of an

276:26

in of a fire insurance, we've understood

276:28

what's affecting the price of these

276:31

insuranceances, quote unquote. The

276:32

underlying price, of course, the implied

276:34

volatility or how likely is there going

276:36

to be a fire? Time decay until how far

276:39

am I insuring myself against a fire and

276:42

hence theta how much the price of the

276:44

option changes through time. How much

276:46

does it changes if the fire actually

276:48

starts the delta is how the price of my

276:51

option varies through price and gamma

276:54

measures how delta varies through price.

276:57

I really don't think you can find an

276:59

easier explanation this stupid easy

277:01

explanation of option creeks on the

277:03

internet. You don't even need to

277:04

understand all the mathematics behind

277:06

it. And now we can finally introduce the

277:09

option markets participants. And also

277:12

here in the option markets you have

277:14

three main participants. You have hedge

277:16

funds, big speculators, you have retail

277:19

traders, you have investors in general

277:22

and also here you have market makers.

277:25

And if investor might just use it for

277:26

hedging their let's say positions on

277:28

stocks, there's some big smart money

277:30

participant that will use it to

277:32

speculate. Retail traders also will use

277:34

it to speculate and market makers will

277:37

use it as always to earn a spread just

277:41

like the market makers we saw on

277:43

futures. Remember when we explained the

277:45

types of matching algorithms and how

277:47

lead market makers are basically earning

277:49

a bid ask spread which is the spread

277:51

between the best ask and the best bid.

277:53

That's the spread. This guy. Well, we do

277:55

have a bid ask spread in options as

277:57

well. If we zoom into the option chain,

277:59

this is the bid and the ask of call

278:01

options. If you want to buy, it's going

278:03

to cost 5150. You want to sell, it's

278:06

going to be 5250. So this $1 spread is

278:10

the profit of the market maker that is

278:13

both putting an order here, putting a

278:15

buy offer here, and putting a sell offer

278:17

here. And he's not just doing it for

278:19

this strike. He's doing it for every

278:22

single strike. So he's earning a spread

278:24

from here, from here, from here, from

278:26

here, from here, from here, from here,

278:27

from here, from here. And not just from

278:28

calls, but also from puts from here,

278:31

from here, from here, from here, and all

278:32

of these little lines. Isn't that crazy?

278:34

So, you can start to understand how

278:35

complicated this all is. And because of

278:38

the nature of these contracts and theta

278:41

and Vega and Delta and gamma,

278:44

considering that market makers only goal

278:48

is to be directionally neutral, so to

278:51

not have a directional exposure. Because

278:54

as we said before, if price were to rise

278:57

and they were to keep selling here,

278:59

selling here, selling here, they would

279:01

keep selling at worse and worse and

279:02

worse prices and they would lose. Also

279:05

in options, they want to stay

279:06

directionally neutral. But we have to

279:08

consider more factor in the calculation

279:10

on of how do we stay neutral. Let's make

279:13

an example. Let's say a retail traders

279:15

buys a put market. In this case, the

279:18

market maker will sell a put on the ask

279:22

because the market maker's job is to

279:24

provide liquidity. So this will be the

279:25

profit and loss chart of the retail

279:28

trader who bought the put. The insurer

279:30

will be the market maker in this case.

279:32

So this will be the payoff chart of the

279:34

market maker. So the market maker if

279:36

price starts going down he will lose

279:38

money. If price starts going down he

279:40

will lose a lot of money. So what often

279:42

market makers will do is to hedge for

279:46

example if they are shortput they might

279:49

at the same time to hedge this danger

279:52

that they might start losing money for

279:54

example sell one contract of the ES

279:57

futures. Imagine the profit and loss of

280:00

a futures sell position as price goes

280:03

down. The profit and loss of a ES one ES

280:07

contract will be like this, right? And

280:10

would probably be green. So it will be

280:12

something like this. So the profit from

280:15

shorting the ES and the loss from having

280:18

shorted an S&P option basically offset

280:21

each other. So the directional exposure

280:24

is flattened. So when the market sells

280:26

this put, she will also have for example

280:28

to sell at ES futures to neutralize this

280:32

exposure. Same thing if this was a call,

280:35

he has just sold a call and if price

280:37

goes high, he's losing money. So what

280:40

can he do? He can for example buy one ES

280:43

contract and as price rises also his

280:47

profit will. So this will be his profit

280:49

line. So he'll make profit here

280:52

offsetting this loss over here. So if

280:54

market makers are mostly short call,

280:57

they will have to buy while market is

280:59

rising. And if they're short put they

281:02

will have to sell when market is falling

281:04

but they will not do it systematically.

281:07

So one point one contract one point one

281:09

contract. Nope. Because remember we have

281:12

a delta to consider because if I just

281:15

sold this option at the money my

281:16

directional exposure is not uniformly

281:19

going down at the same pace. Here I have

281:22

basically no directional exposure. Here

281:24

I slightly start having a little bit of

281:26

directional exposure and having it more

281:29

and more. So maybe here I could sell one

281:32

ES contract. Here I maybe should sell

281:34

two. Here I should sell three. So it's a

281:37

type of dynamic hedging because the

281:39

directional exposure is not uniformed

281:42

through price because of gamma and

281:46

delta. That's why we call the hedging

281:48

activity of market makers dynamic delta

281:52

hedging. And the activity of dynamic

281:54

delta hedging from options market maker

281:56

creates a flow that we also call hedging

281:59

flow inside of the future market. And

282:01

there are rough estimates around this.

282:04

But I would say that depending on the

282:06

day 10 to even 20% of the volume that

282:10

flows inside of the futures market,

282:12

which is the same orderflow that we read

282:15

with the footprint chart that we have

282:17

just learned, where the [ __ ] is it? that

282:18

we see inside of the footprint chart on

282:21

the ES actually comes from here, right?

282:26

And as we said, if their short call or

282:28

short put and they want to be delta

282:31

neutral, as we said, if price falls,

282:34

they have to sell ES futures to hedge

282:36

themselves. So, they can earn money

282:39

while price goes down by shorting ES

282:42

future contract. So they will sell the

282:44

dip and if their short call and price

282:47

falls they have to dynamically hedge

282:49

their delta by buying ES to offset this

282:52

loss with this profit to stay neutral

282:55

and so they will keep buying as price

282:59

rises. So they will also buy the RIP. So

283:03

if price is rising they will buy into

283:06

it. If price drops they will sell into

283:09

it. This means that they will contribute

283:12

to the expansion of price volatility.

283:16

This could for example mean that

283:17

breakouts will have a a gentle push from

283:22

option market makers. But what if a

283:24

trader or an institution or whoever is

283:27

being the counterpart of the market

283:28

maker, let's say it's an institution

283:30

sells put market. Well, the market

283:32

banker will buy that, right? So now this

283:35

is the profit and loss of our option

283:38

market maker right and they want to stay

283:40

delta neutral right they don't want to

283:42

be exposed to any kind of direction even

283:44

if it's in profit so if they are long a

283:47

put and price drops they would buy an ES

283:52

contract which will basically lose them

283:54

money so they can basically offset this

283:57

profit as well because they don't want

283:58

to be directionally exposed period

284:01

doesn't matter if it's a profit or a

284:02

loss so here price is dropping and they

284:06

dynamically keep buying to offset their

284:09

exposure. Same thing if they bought a

284:12

call to offset this directional positive

284:15

exposure, they will sell a future

284:17

contract which will basically go to a as

284:20

a loss position. So this loss will

284:23

offset the directional exposure from

284:25

this profit and they will be delta

284:27

neutral. So as price keeps rising,

284:29

options market maker will keep

284:31

dynamically selling. So they will sell

284:34

when price goes up and buy when price

284:38

goes down. So if they're either long

284:39

call or long put, they will buy the dip

284:42

and sell the rip. So when price is

284:44

falling, they will buy and contributing

284:46

to pushing it up. If price is rising,

284:49

they will sell and they will contribute

284:51

to pushing it down. So this will

284:53

contribute to the compression of price

284:56

volatility. And for a breakout trader,

284:59

for example, we will have the exact

285:01

opposite effect of this that breakouts

285:04

will not have a gentle push but actually

285:06

more of a gentle pull back. And the

285:09

first study on gam exposure was proudly

285:12

presented by squeeze metrics, an amazing

285:15

website where they display three main

285:18

data points. the S&P 500, the darkpool

285:22

index, which basically measures the

285:24

darkpool activity, and the GAM exposure,

285:27

which I shortly introduced to you

285:28

earlier, but let's see, because they've

285:30

made this research paper that I strongly

285:33

suggest you watch and read, where they

285:35

basically analyze the role of options.

285:38

They've done this in probably 2017. They

285:41

talk about this dynamic hedging. And of

285:43

course, this idea of options hedging

285:45

starts with four assumption. First is

285:47

that all trades and all traded options

285:50

are facilitated by delta hedgers. So by

285:52

option market makers. So all retail

285:55

traders, all institution all buy and

285:58

sell from and to option market makers

286:01

which is an assumption. Probably most

286:03

trades are but in order to proceed with

286:05

the hypothesis we have to start with

286:07

some assumptions. Then the other

286:09

assumption is that call options are sold

286:11

by investors bought by market makers.

286:13

Put options are mostly bought by

286:15

investor because they want to hedge from

286:17

price going down specifically because

286:19

investors mostly invest in the stock

286:21

market and they buy puts to avoid price

286:24

going down, right? And so they buy put

286:27

options and market makers mostly sell

286:29

them. So the idea is that market makers

286:32

mostly sell puts and buy calls. And the

286:36

other assumption is that the market

286:37

makers hedge precisely to the option

286:40

delta. So they basically created this

286:42

formula for the calculation of gamma

286:44

exposure based on the open interest of

286:47

options and they've calculated the total

286:50

gamma exposure and display it with a

286:52

number expressed in billions of dollars

286:54

[clears throat] and compared the gamma

286:56

exposure if it's a negative number. It's

286:59

a short gamma exposure which basically

287:02

means they've sold puts and sold calls.

287:05

So they as we said contribute to price

287:08

volatility. If the gamma exposure is

287:10

positive, it means they are long gamma

287:13

or mostly long calls and long puts and

287:16

they will buy the dip and sell the rip

287:18

contributing to price compression and

287:21

the compression of volatility. And we

287:23

can clearly see there is a direct

287:25

correlation between gam exposure and

287:28

volatility. So the GAM exposure of the

287:31

previous day from 2004 to 2017 was a

287:35

direct indication the likelihood of the

287:38

following day of the S&P 500 being super

287:41

volatile with returns of 5 10 + 5 + 10%

287:46

all the way down to - 5% - 10%. So huge

287:50

volatility and in case of a long gam

287:52

exposure a compression of volatility

287:55

with all the samples staying below the

287:57

5% range way closer to the 0% range. So

288:01

they have actually found a real

288:03

correlation between these two. Now this

288:06

was a great indication before 2017 when

288:09

this was published but after 2017 there

288:12

was a a huge change in the option market

288:14

and what started changing since 2017 is

288:17

that the zerodte options so the daily

288:20

options the options that expired today

288:23

starting 2017 and especially 2019 they

288:27

saw a huge surge in volume activity also

288:30

in 2019 it was the first time where

288:33

zerod options were present for every day

288:35

of the week. So for Monday, Tuesday,

288:37

Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday. Before

288:39

there were just three per weeks. And so

288:41

today, or better 2024, now it's probably

288:43

more. Half of the volume of the entire

288:46

option market is traded in zero DTE

288:50

options, which is [ __ ] crazy. So my

288:53

and Fabio's mentor, Enri Costuki, was

288:56

kind enough to basically recreate this

288:59

data analysis and update this

289:02

scatterplot chart with more recent data.

289:04

And maybe because we've been a lot more

289:06

in a bull market, there's been way less

289:10

days of gam exposure of totally negative

289:13

gam exposure based on the open interest.

289:16

The correlation is still somewhat there,

289:18

especially if in the data we include

289:20

days getting back until 2000 until 2011.

289:25

But specifically because of this extreme

289:27

skew in the volume where most of the

289:29

volume is traded in the daily options

289:32

there's not much open interest and

289:34

considering that this gam exposure was

289:36

calculated on the open interest there's

289:39

not a lot of open interest in zt options

289:41

because they expire today so there's no

289:42

open interest at the end of the day plus

289:44

this assumption which is that all traded

289:47

option are fac facilitated by market

289:49

makers they're always buying calls and

289:52

selling put is somewhat naive That's why

289:55

their calculation of the GEX is also

289:57

called the naive GEX. So some new tools

290:01

started popping up. The most famous of

290:03

which is spot gamma. And spot gamma is

290:05

is an absolutely phenomenal tool. You've

290:07

also might have seen Fabio using one of

290:10

their indicators. I personally look at

290:12

trace a lot because trace basically

290:15

displays on this chart the zero DTE GX

290:19

per strike. So again here we have long

290:22

gamma and here we have short gamma. So

290:25

these are negative levels of gamma

290:27

exposure that you can also see in this

290:30

map and then you have big long gamma

290:33

levels that are then plotted in this

290:35

part of the chart in purple. Then again

290:37

super hot area short gamma again in this

290:40

pinkish color. I call it the hot fire

290:43

and the cold fire and the hot fire

290:45

again. And so this is even better than

290:47

this. you you don't have just the open

290:49

interest of the day before and you know

290:51

that the day after is going to be

290:53

volatile. Here you have literally the

290:55

areas at which market makers of options

290:59

are likely to hedge their delta by

291:01

compressing volatility or hedging delta

291:04

by expanding volatility. So you will

291:07

often see throughout these cold kind of

291:10

areas price actually is consolidating

291:12

while the spikes of volatility happen

291:15

exactly here in the hotter areas and as

291:17

soon as price will break out of this

291:19

area you start seeing a clear direction

291:22

and by the way you can take this and

291:24

beck test it I don't know for until how

291:26

long but this is a huge data point and

291:29

also this is not simply calculated on

291:31

their short puts and their long calls

291:33

but it's basically taking more

291:35

specialized data a more specialized

291:37

option flow from the CBOE that either

291:40

tells this software directly what the

291:43

options market makers are actually doing

291:45

or uristically calculates it based on

291:48

where trades are getting filled. So at

291:51

which price between the best bid and the

291:54

best ask because sometimes they can be

291:56

also filled mid-pric. So for example, if

291:58

they're filled at the bid and at the ask

292:00

there's a higher chance that they will

292:01

be market maker. If they are filled in

292:03

the middle, they could be also other

292:05

traders. So there's more complex. So in

292:08

these type of charts, there's more,

292:09

let's say, accurate information than a

292:12

mere naive version of the old open

292:15

interest gs. And with this, my friends,

292:18

we have a clear picture of literally

292:21

every type of information that we can

292:22

get about the markets from the

292:24

fundamental perspective because of the

292:26

macroeconomical reasons of the money

292:28

flow and the way we can use it to assess

292:31

the long-term trend and sentiment to

292:33

some basic strategies that you can also

292:35

use in the intraday to the order flow

292:38

that moves price intraday with the

292:40

auction analysis and the liquidity

292:42

auction theory to understanding why

292:44

option market makers are such a huge and

292:47

important player not only in the option

292:49

market but because of their hedging

292:51

activity of the same order flow that

292:53

we're looking at in the S&P 500 which is

292:56

of course probably the most transparent

292:57

market of all. Hence why I always prefer

293:00

to trade the S&P 500 or the NASDAQ

293:03

because unlike other markets like forex

293:06

for example that have no sign of order

293:08

flow let alone option flow stock market

293:11

indices are just a much more transparent

293:13

market to trade where we have more

293:15

information and lessformational

293:17

asymmetry with other market

293:19

participants. So now if you're a swing

293:21

trader, you can take macroeconomics and

293:24

fundamentals to create a bias for swing

293:26

trades and have a very strong model

293:29

based on the fundamental reasons of the

293:31

money flow on the participation analysis

293:34

with the coot report and the liquidity

293:36

auction theory for the technical timing

293:38

of these setups. If you're a day trader

293:40

now, you have also five strategies that

293:43

you can use. Four which are much more

293:45

mechanical and that have years of data

293:48

backing them up, plus a full-fledged

293:50

orderflow reading methodology with an

293:53

integration of option flow so you can

293:55

truly follow all the big and smart money

293:58

in the markets. Oh my god, this was the

294:01

longest video I've ever made in my

294:04

entire life.

294:06

So, did you like it? So, I really hope

294:09

you did because I literally put all of

294:11

everything I know is in this document

294:13

basically.

294:16

I have to think of a cool conclusion for

294:18

this video. Yeah, I would suggest you to

294:20

do a lot of back test. I understand it's

294:22

a lot to process. I need you to rewatch

294:24

this video multiple times and I

294:27

specifically need you to practice this.

294:29

It's going to take time to become a

294:31

professional trader. This video probably

294:33

just helped you realize how much you

294:35

didn't know about the markets. And

294:37

please, please compare this video with

294:40

any other complete beginner trader

294:43

course that you see out there and look

294:45

at the [ __ ] gap. So, as I was saying,

294:47

I need you to re-watch this video

294:49

multiple times and go again through it

294:51

bit by bit. I'll make sure to put all

294:53

the chapters of the video and I strongly

294:55

advise you to keep following the

294:56

channels because we will go even deeper

294:58

on all of these concepts even in a more

295:00

practical way so you can also truly

295:02

grasp all of this information bit by bit

295:05

and have the time to digest it and

295:07

gradually transform it into a very

295:10

powerful edge. But knowledge is just the

295:13

beginning. There's a way deeper video

295:15

that needs to be made that I will do on

295:18

everything that relates to the mindset

295:20

of trading. And it's not as simple as,

295:22

hey, there is FOMO. Don't be fearful.

295:25

Don't be hopeful. And respect your

295:27

trading rules and focus on the process.

295:29

Yes, those are all amazing and very

295:31

valuable tips, but the way we take

295:33

trading decisions is subconscious at

295:36

some levels, and there's much to be told

295:38

about it. So, I will keep that for a

295:40

future video. That's why again, if you

295:42

haven't done it already, subscribe to

295:43

this [ __ ]

UNLOCK MORE

Sign up free to access premium features

INTERACTIVE VIEWER

Watch the video with synced subtitles, adjustable overlay, and full playback control.

SIGN UP FREE TO UNLOCK

AI SUMMARY

Get an instant AI-generated summary of the video content, key points, and takeaways.

SIGN UP FREE TO UNLOCK

TRANSLATE

Translate the transcript to 100+ languages with one click. Download in any format.

SIGN UP FREE TO UNLOCK

MIND MAP

Visualize the transcript as an interactive mind map. Understand structure at a glance.

SIGN UP FREE TO UNLOCK

CHAT WITH TRANSCRIPT

Ask questions about the video content. Get answers powered by AI directly from the transcript.

SIGN UP FREE TO UNLOCK

GET MORE FROM YOUR TRANSCRIPTS

Sign up for free and unlock interactive viewer, AI summaries, translations, mind maps, and more. No credit card required.